1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
325 This, however, is due
326 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
327 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
328 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
329 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
331 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
332 this doesn't work for equations yet.
335 \begin_layout Standard
336 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
344 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
349 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
350 ing sections of this documentation.
353 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
363 of the manuals from inside LyX.
364 Just select the manual you want read from the
371 \begin_layout Section
373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
375 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
382 \begin_layout Standard
383 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
384 without resorting to configuration files.
385 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
386 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
387 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
392 \begin_inset Index idx
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
403 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
408 \begin_inset space \space{}
411 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
412 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
414 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
418 \begin_inset Index idx
421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
422 Reconfiguration of LyX
427 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
430 \begin_layout Section
432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
434 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
441 \begin_layout Standard
442 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
443 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
445 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
446 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
450 \begin_layout Standard
451 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
453 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
454 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
457 \begin_layout Standard
458 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
459 you can view from the menu
461 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
481 reconfigure LyX (menu
483 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
487 \begin_inset Note Note
490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
491 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
499 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
500 More about TeX Code is described in section
505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
507 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
511 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
518 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
528 \begin_inset Index idx
531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
532 Reconfiguration of LyX
537 See section 5.1 of the
541 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
544 \begin_layout Chapter
548 \begin_layout Section
549 Basic File Operations
550 \begin_inset Index idx
553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
562 \begin_layout Standard
567 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
568 in addition to some more advanced operations:
571 \begin_layout Itemize
583 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
631 \begin_layout Itemize
641 \begin_layout Itemize
655 \begin_layout Itemize
665 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 arg "dialog-show print"
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Standard
696 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
697 a few minor differences.
700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
715 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
716 you for a template to use.
717 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
718 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
719 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
727 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
734 \begin_layout Standard
735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
768 space is just that — a big, blank space.
776 \begin_layout Standard
797 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
802 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
827 will reload the document from disk.
828 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
829 and want to restore it to the last save.
838 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
839 can identify them as your changes.
842 \begin_layout Section
843 Basic Editing Features
844 \begin_inset Index idx
847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
856 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
863 \begin_layout Standard
864 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
865 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
866 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
867 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
869 We'll start with cut and paste.
872 \begin_layout Standard
873 As you might expect, the
877 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
878 various other editing features.
879 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
883 \begin_layout Itemize
897 \begin_layout Itemize
911 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
935 \begin_layout Itemize
945 \begin_layout Itemize
961 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
967 \begin_layout Standard
968 The first three are self-explanatory.
969 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
970 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
979 keys also function as the
984 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
985 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 to get back the lost text.
993 \begin_layout Standard
994 \begin_inset Index idx
997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1003 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1015 \begin_layout Standard
1018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1023 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1034 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1040 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1050 will start a new paragraph.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1054 \begin_inset Index idx
1057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1064 \begin_inset Index idx
1067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1099 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1104 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 button to skip the current word.
1125 \begin_inset space ~
1130 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1134 \begin_inset space ~
1139 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1141 If the toggle is set, searching for
1142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1153 will not match the word
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 Match whole words only
1170 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1199 LyX offers also an advanced
1202 \begin_inset space ~
1206 \begin_inset space ~
1211 feature that is described in sec.
1212 \begin_inset space ~
1216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1218 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1225 \begin_layout Standard
1226 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1227 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1229 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1234 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1241 \begin_layout Section
1243 \begin_inset Index idx
1246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1253 \begin_inset Index idx
1256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1265 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1274 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1277 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1280 or the toolbar button
1286 to undo some mistake.
1287 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1292 or the toolbar button
1299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1306 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1310 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1313 \begin_layout Standard
1314 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1323 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1324 This is a consequence of the 100
1325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1328 step undo limit, above.
1331 \begin_layout Standard
1340 work on almost everything in LyX.
1341 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1345 \begin_layout Section
1347 \begin_inset Index idx
1350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1359 \begin_layout Standard
1360 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1363 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 \begin_layout Itemize
1373 once anywhere in the edit window.
1374 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1378 \begin_layout Enumerate
1383 \begin_layout Itemize
1389 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1392 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1395 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1398 \begin_layout Itemize
1399 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1401 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1408 \begin_layout Enumerate
1409 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1413 \begin_layout Standard
1414 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1415 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1419 \begin_layout Section
1421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1423 name "sec:Navigating"
1428 \begin_inset Index idx
1431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1444 \begin_layout Itemize
1449 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1450 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1453 \begin_layout Itemize
1454 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1456 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1459 or by the toolbar button
1462 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1468 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1471 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1474 and use the same menu to return to them.
1475 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1478 \begin_layout Standard
1482 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1487 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1488 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1491 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1492 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1493 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1494 your last editing position.
1497 \begin_layout Subsection
1501 \begin_layout Standard
1502 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1510 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1511 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1512 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1513 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1514 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1517 LatexCommand formatted
1518 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1522 ), or notes, or citations (see
1523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1524 LatexCommand formatted
1525 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1530 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1532 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1533 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1534 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1535 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1538 LatexCommand formatted
1539 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1543 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1545 LatexCommand formatted
1546 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1551 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1555 \begin_layout Standard
1556 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1557 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1558 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1559 dialog and to modify the citation.
1560 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1567 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1568 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1576 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1579 \begin_layout Standard
1580 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1581 you further to control the display.
1586 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1587 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1592 option keeps it in the current view state.
1593 Keeping means that when you have e.
1594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1598 \begin_inset space \space{}
1601 the subsections of section
1602 \begin_inset space ~
1605 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1606 \begin_inset space ~
1609 3, the subsections of section
1610 \begin_inset space ~
1613 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1618 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1619 \begin_inset space ~
1623 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1633 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1636 \begin_layout Standard
1638 \begin_inset space ~
1642 \begin_inset Graphics
1643 filename ../images/reload.png
1648 \begin_inset space ~
1651 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1652 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1655 \begin_inset space \space{}
1659 \begin_inset Graphics
1660 filename ../images/down.png
1662 groupId toolbarbuttons
1667 \begin_inset space ~
1671 \begin_inset space \space{}
1675 \begin_inset Graphics
1676 filename ../images/up.png
1678 groupId toolbarbuttons
1683 \begin_inset space ~
1686 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1687 So, for example, you can move section
1688 \begin_inset space ~
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1695 2.4 or after section
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1700 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1702 \begin_inset Graphics
1703 filename ../images/promote.png
1705 groupId toolbarbuttons
1710 \begin_inset Graphics
1711 filename ../images/demote.png
1713 groupId toolbarbuttons
1717 (or the corresponding key bindings
1725 ) you can change the level of sections.
1726 So you can for example make section
1727 \begin_inset space ~
1731 \begin_inset space ~
1735 \begin_inset space ~
1741 \begin_layout Section
1742 Input / Word Completion
1743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1745 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1750 \begin_inset Index idx
1753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1760 \begin_inset Index idx
1763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1794 \begin_layout Standard
1795 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1797 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1798 is used to propose completions.
1801 \begin_layout Standard
1802 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1803 there are completions available.
1804 You can then press the
1808 key to use this completion.
1809 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1810 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1811 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1818 \begin_layout Standard
1819 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1821 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1824 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1826 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1829 by deselecting the option
1832 \begin_inset space ~
1841 \begin_inset space ~
1845 \begin_inset space ~
1850 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1851 To accept this proposal, use the
1860 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1861 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1869 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1876 \begin_layout Section
1878 \begin_inset Index idx
1881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1888 \begin_inset Index idx
1891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1920 \begin_inset Index idx
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1954 \begin_layout Standard
1955 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1956 LyX's default is CUA.
1959 \begin_layout Standard
1963 \begin_inset space ~
1971 \begin_inset space ~
1992 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1996 \begin_layout Labeling
1997 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2001 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2002 LatexCommand nomenclature
2004 description "Tabulator key"
2010 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2011 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2012 \begin_inset space ~
2016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2018 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2025 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2029 , especially section
2030 \begin_inset space ~
2034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2036 reference "sub:Lists"
2042 If you're still confused, look in the
2049 \begin_layout Labeling
2050 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2054 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2055 LatexCommand nomenclature
2057 description "Escape key"
2064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2071 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2072 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2075 \begin_layout Labeling
2076 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2082 \begin_inset space ~
2086 \begin_inset space ~
2093 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2094 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2098 \begin_layout Standard
2099 There are three modifier keys:
2102 \begin_layout Labeling
2103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2121 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2122 LatexCommand nomenclature
2124 description "Control key"
2128 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2129 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2133 \begin_layout Itemize
2142 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2145 \begin_layout Itemize
2154 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2157 \begin_layout Itemize
2166 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2170 \begin_layout Labeling
2171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2189 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2190 LatexCommand nomenclature
2192 description "Shift key"
2196 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2197 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2200 \begin_layout Labeling
2201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2219 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2220 LatexCommand nomenclature
2222 description "Alt or Meta key"
2226 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2227 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2228 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2234 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2236 menu accelerator keys
2239 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2240 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2244 \begin_layout Standard
2245 For example, the sequence
2246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2252 \begin_inset space ~
2256 \begin_inset space ~
2262 \begin_inset space ~
2270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2289 \begin_inset space ~
2295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2310 manual lists all other things bound to the
2318 \begin_layout Standard
2319 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2320 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2321 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
2322 you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2323 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2324 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2325 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2327 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2343 followed by a capital
2350 \begin_layout Standard
2351 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2353 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2358 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2361 as explained in sec.
2362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2368 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2375 \begin_layout Chapter
2377 \begin_inset Index idx
2380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2389 \begin_layout Section
2391 \begin_inset Index idx
2394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2403 \begin_layout Subsection
2407 \begin_layout Standard
2408 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2409 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2410 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2411 numbering schemes, and so on.
2412 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2413 and format the title of your document differently.
2416 \begin_layout Standard
2421 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2422 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2423 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2424 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2425 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2428 \begin_layout Standard
2429 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2430 how to adjust their properties.
2433 \begin_layout Subsection
2435 \begin_inset Index idx
2438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2447 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2454 \begin_layout Standard
2455 You can select a class using the
2457 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2458 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2462 \begin_inset Index idx
2465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2472 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2476 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2480 \begin_layout Standard
2481 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Article for basic articles
2489 \begin_layout Description
2490 Report for basic reports
2493 \begin_layout Description
2494 Book for writing a book
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 Letter for US-style letters
2501 \begin_layout Standard
2502 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2503 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2504 will include many of these.
2505 Here are some of the classes.
2506 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2508 Special Document Classes
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2521 \begin_layout Description
2522 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2526 \begin_layout Description
2527 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2531 \begin_layout Description
2532 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2533 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2534 There are three article layouts available.
2535 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2536 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2537 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2538 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2543 sequential numbering
2544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2547 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2548 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2549 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2550 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2553 \begin_layout Description
2554 Beamer Layout for presentations
2557 \begin_layout Description
2558 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2559 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2563 \begin_layout Description
2564 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2567 \begin_layout Description
2569 \begin_inset space ~
2572 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2575 \begin_layout Description
2576 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2579 \begin_layout Description
2580 Foils Used to make transparencies
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2585 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2589 \begin_layout Description
2590 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2591 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2594 \begin_layout Description
2595 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2598 \begin_layout Description
2599 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2604 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2605 (Is used by this document.)
2608 \begin_layout Description
2609 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2612 \begin_layout Description
2613 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2616 \begin_layout Description
2621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2629 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2631 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2634 \begin_layout Description
2635 Slides Used to make transparencies
2638 \begin_layout Description
2640 \begin_inset space ~
2643 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2644 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2647 \begin_layout Description
2648 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2651 \begin_layout Standard
2652 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2654 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2660 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2661 of the document classes.
2664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2668 \begin_layout Standard
2669 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2671 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2672 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2674 \begin_inset Index idx
2677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2694 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2695 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2697 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2700 \begin_layout Standard
2702 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2703 and some of them, like
2707 , are highly specialized.
2708 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2709 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2711 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2712 by some document class.
2713 There are just too many of them.
2714 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2717 \begin_layout Standard
2718 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2726 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2727 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2728 document class for a new file.
2729 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2734 Installing new LaTeX files
2735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2742 manual for information on how to install them.
2743 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2749 \begin_layout Standard
2750 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2751 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2753 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2754 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2755 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2757 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2760 \begin_inset space ~
2767 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2770 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2779 \begin_inset Index idx
2782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2793 chosen document class.
2794 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2795 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2802 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2806 \begin_inset Index idx
2809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2816 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2820 \begin_layout Standard
2821 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2822 always installed by default.
2823 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2824 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2825 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2826 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2827 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2828 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2829 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2832 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2836 \begin_inset Index idx
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2840 Reconfiguration of LyX
2846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2849 Installing new LaTeX files
2850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2857 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2869 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2870 LyX will advise you about these things.
2878 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2880 \begin_inset Index idx
2883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2884 Document ! Local Layout
2892 \begin_layout Standard
2893 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2894 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2895 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2896 writing a module for this purpose.
2897 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2898 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2900 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2901 What you want is LyX's
2902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2918 manual for information on how to use it.
2921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2925 \begin_layout Standard
2926 Each class has a default set of options.
2927 Here's a quick table describing them:
2930 \begin_layout Standard
2931 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2939 \begin_inset Tabular
2940 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2941 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3400 \begin_layout Standard
3401 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3407 \begin_layout Standard
3408 You're probably also wondering what
3409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3413 \begin_inset space ~
3417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3421 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3422 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3427 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3432 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3442 headings, there are also
3450 headings, and so on.
3451 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3452 \begin_inset space ~
3456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3458 reference "sub:Headings"
3465 \begin_layout Subsection
3467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3469 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3474 \begin_inset Index idx
3477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3486 \begin_inset Index idx
3489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3501 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3512 \begin_inset space ~
3517 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3519 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3520 to use for your document.
3521 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3525 \begin_layout Standard
3532 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3538 \begin_inset space ~
3543 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3544 You can choose between the following five options:
3547 \begin_layout Labeling
3548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3553 Use default page style of current class.
3556 \begin_layout Labeling
3557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3562 No page numbers or headings.
3565 \begin_layout Labeling
3566 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3574 \begin_layout Labeling
3575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3580 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3581 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3582 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3585 \begin_layout Labeling
3586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3591 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3592 have the LaTeX-package
3597 \begin_inset Index idx
3600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3601 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3607 How they are defined is explained in section
3608 \begin_inset space ~
3612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3614 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3621 \begin_layout Standard
3622 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3623 \begin_inset space ~
3627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3629 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3636 \begin_layout Subsection
3637 Paper Size and Orientation
3638 \begin_inset Index idx
3641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3642 Document ! Paper size
3648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3650 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3657 \begin_layout Standard
3658 You find the following options in the menu
3661 \begin_inset space ~
3668 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3674 \begin_inset Index idx
3677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3686 \begin_layout Labeling
3687 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3691 \begin_inset space ~
3696 What size paper to print on.
3701 \begin_layout Itemize
3707 \begin_layout Itemize
3713 \begin_layout Itemize
3719 \begin_layout Itemize
3725 \begin_layout Itemize
3728 US letter, US legal, US executive
3731 \begin_layout Itemize
3737 \begin_layout Itemize
3744 \begin_layout Labeling
3745 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3750 To choose whether to output as
3761 \begin_layout Labeling
3762 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3766 \begin_inset space ~
3771 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3772 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3775 \begin_layout Subsection
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3784 \begin_inset Index idx
3787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3794 \begin_inset Index idx
3797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3806 \begin_layout Standard
3807 Paper margins are set in the menu
3809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3813 \begin_inset Index idx
3816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3825 \begin_layout Standard
3826 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3827 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3828 the paper format and the font size into account.
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3835 \begin_layout Standard
3836 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3841 That includes the paragraph environments.
3842 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3843 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3844 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3845 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3854 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3856 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3857 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3858 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3861 \begin_layout Section
3862 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3863 \begin_inset Index idx
3866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3867 Paragraph ! Indentation
3875 \begin_layout Subsection
3877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3879 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3886 \begin_layout Standard
3887 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3888 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3891 \begin_layout Standard
3892 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3893 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3894 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3895 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3899 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3905 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3906 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3907 language than English.
3908 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3911 \begin_layout Standard
3912 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3913 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3915 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3916 LyX takes care of that.
3917 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3919 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3920 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3921 of a page, and so on.
3925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3926 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3931 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3932 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3936 of these pre-coded spacings.
3937 We will explain more later.
3940 \begin_layout Subsection
3941 Paragraph Separation
3942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3944 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3949 \begin_inset Index idx
3952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3953 Paragraph ! Separation
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3962 To separate paragraphs, select
3973 \begin_inset space ~
3980 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3984 \begin_inset Index idx
3987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3993 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4006 \begin_inset space ~
4011 dialog and toggle the
4014 \begin_inset space ~
4019 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4022 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4026 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4027 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4031 \begin_layout Standard
4032 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4033 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4036 \begin_layout Subsection
4038 \begin_inset Index idx
4041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4042 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4050 \begin_layout Standard
4053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4057 \begin_inset Index idx
4060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4069 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4072 \begin_inset space ~
4081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4082 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4087 \begin_inset Index idx
4090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4091 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4096 installed to use this feature.
4104 \begin_layout Section
4105 Paragraph Environments
4106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4108 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4113 \begin_inset Index idx
4116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4117 Paragraph ! Environments
4123 \begin_inset Index idx
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4127 Paragraph environments|(
4135 \begin_layout Subsection
4139 \begin_layout Standard
4140 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4143 \begin_layout Standard
4162 \begin_inset Newline newline
4165 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4166 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4167 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4176 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4179 \begin_layout Standard
4180 A paragraph environment is simply a
4181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4188 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4189 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4190 scheme, labels, and so on.
4191 Additionally, you can
4192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4199 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4200 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4201 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4202 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4203 days of typewriters.
4204 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4206 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4210 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4211 \begin_inset Graphics
4212 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4218 at the left end of the toolbar.
4219 LyX will change the environment of the
4223 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4224 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4225 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4229 \begin_layout Standard
4238 create a new paragraph using the
4242 paragraph environment.
4244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4251 because if you are in one of these environments:
4254 \begin_layout Itemize
4260 \begin_layout Itemize
4266 \begin_layout Itemize
4272 \begin_layout Itemize
4278 \begin_layout Itemize
4284 \begin_layout Itemize
4290 \begin_layout Itemize
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4301 , rather than resetting it to
4306 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4307 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4308 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4309 \begin_inset space ~
4313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4315 reference "sec:Nesting"
4320 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4325 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4326 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4330 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4336 \begin_layout Subsection
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 The default paragraph environment is
4346 It creates a plain paragraph.
4347 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4348 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4349 this manual) are in the
4356 \begin_layout Standard
4357 You can nest a paragraph using the
4361 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4369 \begin_layout Subsection
4371 \begin_inset Index idx
4374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4383 \begin_layout Standard
4384 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4393 for thanks or contact information.
4394 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4395 page along with today's date.
4396 For other types of documents, the title
4397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4404 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4423 Here's how you use them:
4426 \begin_layout Itemize
4427 Put the title of your document in the
4434 \begin_layout Itemize
4435 Put the author name in the
4442 \begin_layout Itemize
4443 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4444 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4450 Note that using this environment is optional.
4451 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4452 If you don't want any date, add the line
4453 \begin_inset Newline newline
4463 \begin_inset Newline newline
4466 to the preamble of your document (menu
4468 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4475 You can use footnotes to insert
4476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4483 or contact information.
4486 \begin_layout Subsection
4488 \begin_inset Index idx
4491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4507 \begin_layout Standard
4508 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4509 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4514 \begin_inset Index idx
4517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4518 Section headings ! Numbered
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4531 \begin_layout Enumerate
4537 \begin_layout Enumerate
4543 \begin_layout Enumerate
4549 \begin_layout Enumerate
4555 \begin_layout Enumerate
4561 \begin_layout Enumerate
4567 \begin_layout Enumerate
4573 \begin_layout Standard
4574 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4575 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4576 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4580 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4581 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4582 You group the book into chapters.
4583 LyX does similar grouping:
4586 \begin_layout Itemize
4591 is divided in either
4602 \begin_layout Itemize
4614 \begin_layout Itemize
4626 \begin_layout Itemize
4638 \begin_layout Itemize
4650 \begin_layout Itemize
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4671 Not all document types use the
4675 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4680 is the top-level heading.
4688 \begin_layout Standard
4693 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4694 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4696 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4710 \begin_inset Index idx
4713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4714 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4722 \begin_layout Standard
4723 The unnumbered section headings have a
4724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4731 at the end of their name.
4732 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4733 the table of contents, see section
4734 \begin_inset space ~
4738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4747 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4748 Changing the Numbering
4749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4751 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4758 \begin_layout Standard
4759 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4760 in the Table of Contents.
4761 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4763 Certain classes start with
4777 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4787 This is something you can change.
4790 \begin_layout Standard
4793 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4799 \begin_inset Index idx
4802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4813 \begin_inset space ~
4817 \begin_inset space ~
4822 you'll see two counters.
4827 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4829 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4833 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4834 Short Titles of Headings
4835 \begin_inset Index idx
4838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4839 Section headings ! Short titles
4845 \begin_inset Argument
4848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4857 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4864 \begin_layout Standard
4865 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4866 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4867 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4868 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4871 \begin_layout Standard
4872 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4873 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4874 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4875 To specify a short title, use the menu
4877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4879 \begin_inset space ~
4885 This will insert a box labeled
4886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4901 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4902 This also works for captions inside floats.
4905 \begin_layout Standard
4906 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4909 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4913 \begin_layout Standard
4914 The following information applies to all section headings:
4917 \begin_layout Itemize
4918 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4921 \begin_layout Itemize
4922 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4925 \begin_layout Itemize
4926 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4929 \begin_layout Itemize
4930 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4933 \begin_layout Subsection
4934 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4937 \begin_layout Standard
4938 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4952 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4953 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4954 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4955 the text they contain.
4956 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4964 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4967 \begin_layout Standard
4968 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4977 when you start a new paragraph.
4978 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4982 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4983 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4984 to change back to the
4988 environment yourself.
4991 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5008 \begin_inset Index idx
5011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5020 \begin_layout Standard
5021 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5022 time for the differences.
5031 are identical except for one difference:
5035 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5044 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5047 \begin_layout Standard
5048 Here's an example of the
5061 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5063 See – no indentation!
5067 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5068 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5069 the other paragraph.
5072 \begin_layout Standard
5073 Here's another example, this time in the
5080 \begin_layout Quotation
5086 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5087 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5088 the first line, then
5092 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5096 you were quoting other text.
5099 \begin_layout Quotation
5100 Here's a new paragraph.
5101 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5102 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5105 \begin_layout Standard
5106 As the examples show,
5110 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5111 They should put quotes in the
5116 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5120 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5123 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5129 \begin_inset Index idx
5132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5141 \begin_inset Index idx
5144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5160 \begin_layout Standard
5165 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5171 \begin_inset Newline newline
5174 Which I did not rehearse!
5178 It could be much worse.
5179 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5181 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5182 indented a bit more than the first.
5183 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5189 \begin_inset Newline newline
5192 And make things look fine
5193 \begin_inset Newline newline
5199 arg "newline-insert newline"
5205 \begin_layout Standard
5210 does not indent both margins.
5211 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5212 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5219 arg "newline-insert newline"
5225 \begin_layout Subsection
5227 \begin_inset Index idx
5230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5246 \begin_layout Standard
5247 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5257 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5266 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5267 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5268 some general features of all four of them.
5271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5275 \begin_layout Standard
5276 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5278 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5287 reset the environment to
5291 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5292 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5293 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5297 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5300 to break paragraphs.
5303 \begin_layout Standard
5304 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5305 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5307 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5308 you read all of section
5309 \begin_inset space ~
5313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5315 reference "sec:Nesting"
5323 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5329 \begin_inset Index idx
5332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5339 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5348 \begin_layout Standard
5349 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5353 paragraph environment.
5354 It has the following properties:
5357 \begin_layout Itemize
5358 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5362 \begin_layout Itemize
5363 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5366 \begin_layout Itemize
5367 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5371 \begin_layout Itemize
5372 The items can have any length.
5373 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5374 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5381 \begin_layout Itemize
5386 environment inside another
5390 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5394 \begin_layout Itemize
5395 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5398 \begin_layout Itemize
5399 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5402 \begin_layout Itemize
5404 \begin_inset space ~
5408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5410 reference "sec:Nesting"
5414 for a full explanation of nesting.
5418 \begin_layout Standard
5419 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5428 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5431 \begin_layout Standard
5432 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5433 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 The label for the first level
5441 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5445 \begin_layout Itemize
5446 The label for the second level is a dash.
5450 \begin_layout Itemize
5451 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5455 \begin_layout Itemize
5456 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5460 \begin_layout Itemize
5461 Back out to the third level.
5465 \begin_layout Itemize
5466 Back to the second level.
5470 \begin_layout Itemize
5471 Back to the outermost level.
5474 \begin_layout Standard
5475 These are the default labels for an
5480 You can customize these labels in the
5482 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5485 dialog in the submenu
5492 \begin_inset Index idx
5495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5504 \begin_layout Standard
5505 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5506 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5508 \begin_inset space ~
5512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5514 reference "sec:Nesting"
5521 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5527 \begin_inset Index idx
5530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5539 name "sec:Enumerate"
5546 \begin_layout Standard
5551 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5552 It has these properties:
5555 \begin_layout Enumerate
5556 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5561 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5565 \begin_layout Enumerate
5566 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 environment resets the counter to one.
5577 \begin_layout Enumerate
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5592 Items can have any length.
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5596 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5599 \begin_layout Enumerate
5600 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5603 \begin_layout Enumerate
5604 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5608 \begin_layout Standard
5617 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5618 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5625 \begin_layout Enumerate
5626 The first level of an
5630 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5640 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5644 \begin_layout Enumerate
5645 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5648 \begin_layout Enumerate
5649 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5654 \begin_layout Enumerate
5655 Back to the third level
5659 \begin_layout Enumerate
5660 Back to the second level.
5664 \begin_layout Enumerate
5665 Back to the outermost level.
5668 \begin_layout Standard
5669 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5674 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5679 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5683 \begin_layout Standard
5684 There is more to nesting
5688 environments than we've stated here.
5689 You should read section
5690 \begin_inset space ~
5694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5696 reference "sec:Nesting"
5700 to learn more about nesting.
5703 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5709 \begin_inset Index idx
5712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5721 \begin_layout Standard
5722 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5726 list has no fixed label.
5727 Instead, LyX uses the first
5728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5735 of the first line as the label.
5739 \begin_layout Description
5740 Example: This is an example of the
5747 \begin_layout Standard
5748 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5752 \begin_layout Standard
5754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5761 it is meant that the first hit of the
5765 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5767 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5775 arg "space-insert protected"
5780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5781 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5783 \begin_inset space ~
5789 \begin_inset space ~
5793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5795 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5799 for more info.) Here is an example:
5802 \begin_layout Description
5804 \begin_inset space ~
5807 Example: This one shows how to use a
5810 \begin_inset space ~
5822 \begin_layout Description
5823 Usage: You should use the
5827 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5828 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5830 It's not a good idea to use a
5834 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5835 You're better off using
5847 paragraphs into them.
5850 \begin_layout Description
5851 Nesting: You can nest
5855 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5859 \begin_layout Standard
5860 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5861 them from the first line.
5864 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5870 \begin_inset Index idx
5873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5882 \begin_layout Standard
5887 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5890 \begin_layout Standard
5891 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5899 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5904 environment is named
5916 \begin_layout Standard
5925 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5926 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5929 \begin_layout Labeling
5930 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5932 \begin_inset space ~
5935 labels LyX uses the first
5936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5943 of each line as the item label.
5948 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5949 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5950 blank as described above.
5953 \begin_layout Labeling
5954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5955 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5956 the body of the item text.
5957 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5958 label width plus a little extra space.
5962 \begin_layout Labeling
5963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5965 \begin_inset space ~
5968 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5970 If the label width is larger, the label
5971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5978 into the first line.
5979 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5980 margin of the rest of the item text.
5983 \begin_layout Labeling
5984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5986 \begin_inset space ~
5989 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5994 environment have the same left margin.
5995 \begin_inset Newline newline
5998 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6001 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6003 \begin_inset space ~
6012 \begin_inset space ~
6017 determines the default label width.
6018 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6027 multiple times instead.
6028 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6037 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6040 \begin_inset space ~
6045 every time you alter a label in a
6050 \begin_inset Newline newline
6053 The predefined default width is the length of
6054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 \begin_inset Newline newline
6067 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6075 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6076 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6084 \begin_layout Standard
6089 environment the same way like the
6093 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6099 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6103 \begin_layout Standard
6108 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6110 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6112 \begin_inset space ~
6116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6118 reference "sec:Nesting"
6122 to learn about nesting.
6125 \begin_layout Standard
6126 There is yet another feature of the
6130 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6132 You can use additional
6136 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6141 are documented in section
6142 \begin_inset space ~
6146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6148 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6153 Here are some examples:
6154 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6160 \begin_layout Labeling
6161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6162 Left The default for
6169 \begin_layout Labeling
6170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6171 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6178 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6181 \begin_layout Labeling
6182 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6183 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6187 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6194 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6197 \begin_layout Subsection
6199 \begin_inset Index idx
6202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6211 \begin_layout Standard
6212 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6215 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6217 in the document settings.
6218 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6223 \begin_inset Index idx
6226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6227 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6235 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6236 Custom Enumerate Lists
6237 \begin_inset Index idx
6240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6241 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6249 \begin_layout Standard
6251 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6257 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6258 There you add the command
6261 \begin_layout Standard
6269 \begin_layout Standard
6270 in TeX Code (shortcut
6280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6281 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6282 \begin_inset space ~
6286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6288 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6301 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6308 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6309 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6322 For Arabic numerals use
6330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6337 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6352 \begin_layout Standard
6354 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6362 You can only number 26
6363 \begin_inset space ~
6366 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6374 \begin_layout Standard
6375 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6376 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6379 \begin_layout Standard
6380 As example a list with custom numbering:
6383 \begin_layout Enumerate
6384 \begin_inset Argument
6387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6413 \begin_layout Enumerate
6414 \begin_inset Argument
6417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6440 \begin_layout Enumerate
6445 \begin_layout Enumerate
6446 \begin_inset Argument
6449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6474 \begin_inset Argument
6477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6503 \begin_layout Standard
6504 For this list these commands were used:
6507 \begin_layout Standard
6518 \begin_inset Newline newline
6526 \begin_inset Newline newline
6534 \begin_inset Newline newline
6544 \begin_layout Standard
6551 makes the label emphasized and
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6569 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6570 lists until you change the definition.
6578 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6580 \begin_inset Index idx
6583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6584 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6592 \begin_layout Standard
6593 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6596 \begin_layout Enumerate
6597 \begin_inset Argument
6600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6619 \begin_inset Note Note
6622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6623 goes back to default numbering
6631 \begin_layout Enumerate
6635 \begin_layout Standard
6639 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6643 \begin_layout Standard
6644 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6649 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6650 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6653 \begin_layout Standard
6654 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6662 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6670 \begin_layout Standard
6671 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6673 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6674 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6675 of a normal new enumeration.
6676 There insert the command
6679 \begin_layout Standard
6685 \begin_layout Standard
6690 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6694 \begin_layout Enumerate
6698 \begin_layout Enumerate
6702 \begin_layout Standard
6703 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6706 \begin_layout Enumerate
6707 \begin_inset Argument
6710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6726 This enumeration starts at 4
6729 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6731 \begin_inset Index idx
6734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6743 \begin_layout Standard
6744 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6746 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6749 \begin_layout Itemize
6753 \begin_layout Itemize
6754 with standard spacing
6757 \begin_layout Standard
6758 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6760 There add the command
6764 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6767 \begin_layout Itemize
6768 \begin_inset Argument
6771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6790 \begin_layout Itemize
6794 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6805 \begin_inset Index idx
6808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6809 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6815 For more info see its documentation,
6816 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6825 \begin_layout Standard
6826 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6828 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6829 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6833 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6836 \begin_layout Enumerate
6837 \begin_inset Argument
6840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6848 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6861 \begin_layout Enumerate
6862 with negative indentation
6865 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6866 Further Customization
6867 \begin_inset Index idx
6870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6879 \begin_layout Standard
6880 You can also change the style of description lists.
6884 \begin_layout Standard
6890 \begin_layout Standard
6891 changes the description label font, the command
6894 \begin_layout Standard
6900 \begin_layout Standard
6901 sets the list style.
6904 \begin_layout Standard
6905 An example where the command
6908 \begin_layout Standard
6913 itshape, style=nextline
6916 \begin_layout Standard
6920 \begin_layout Description
6922 \begin_inset space ~
6926 \begin_inset Argument
6929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6935 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6937 itshape, style=nextline
6947 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6948 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6952 \begin_layout Description
6954 \begin_inset space ~
6957 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6958 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6959 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6963 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6969 \begin_inset Index idx
6972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6973 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6979 For more info see its documentation,
6980 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6989 \begin_layout Subsection
6991 \begin_inset Index idx
6994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7003 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7011 \begin_inset space ~
7019 \begin_layout Standard
7020 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7028 \begin_inset space ~
7034 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7035 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7036 In contrast, you can use the
7043 \begin_inset space ~
7048 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7049 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7053 \begin_layout Standard
7054 Of course, you're not limited to using
7061 \begin_inset space ~
7070 \begin_inset space ~
7075 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7076 some European academic papers.
7079 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7083 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7090 \begin_layout Standard
7095 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7096 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7100 \begin_inset space ~
7105 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7106 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7107 Here's an example of each:
7110 \begin_layout Right Address
7112 \begin_inset Newline newline
7116 \begin_inset Newline newline
7120 \begin_inset Newline newline
7123 When is it? What is today?
7126 \begin_layout Standard
7130 \begin_inset space ~
7136 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7137 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7138 Here's an example of the
7145 \begin_layout Address
7147 \begin_inset Newline newline
7150 Where do I send this
7151 \begin_inset Newline newline
7154 Your post office and country
7157 \begin_layout Standard
7158 As you can see, both
7165 \begin_inset space ~
7170 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7175 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7181 This makes sense, since
7189 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7190 Thus, you have to use
7197 arg "newline-insert newline"
7203 \begin_inset space ~
7206 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7208 \begin_inset space ~
7217 menu) to start a new line in an
7224 \begin_inset space ~
7232 \begin_layout Subsection
7236 \begin_layout Standard
7237 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7238 or list of references.
7239 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7246 \begin_inset Index idx
7249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7258 \begin_layout Standard
7263 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7264 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7265 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7266 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7270 in anything else or vice versa.
7276 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7277 The book document classes ignores the
7281 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7285 in a letter document class.
7288 \begin_layout Standard
7293 environment does several things for you.
7294 First, it puts the centered label
7295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7303 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7305 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7306 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7307 the subsequent text.
7308 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7309 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7312 \begin_layout Standard
7313 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7317 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7318 The new paragraph will still be in the
7323 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7324 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7327 \begin_layout Standard
7328 \begin_inset Float figure
7333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7335 \begin_inset Graphics
7336 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7344 \begin_inset Caption
7346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7349 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7370 \begin_layout Standard
7371 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7375 environment, but since this document is in the
7376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7383 class, we can't do this.
7384 We inserted it therefore as figure
7385 \begin_inset space ~
7389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7391 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7396 If you've never heard of an
7397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7404 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7407 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7413 \begin_inset Index idx
7416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7425 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7432 \begin_layout Standard
7437 environment is used to list references.
7438 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7439 only use it at the end of the document.
7444 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7447 \begin_layout Standard
7448 When you first open a
7452 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7468 depending on the document class.
7469 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7470 Each paragraph of the
7474 environment is a bibliography entry.
7479 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7480 Each new paragraph is still in the
7487 \begin_layout Standard
7488 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7489 by using a BibTeX database.
7490 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7491 phy handling, have a look at in section
7492 \begin_inset space ~
7496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7498 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7505 \begin_layout Subsection
7509 \begin_inset Index idx
7512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7513 Paragraph ! LyX code
7519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7528 \begin_layout Standard
7533 environment is another LyX extension.
7534 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7539 key as a fixed whitespace;
7543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7555 \begin_inset space ~
7560 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7565 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7566 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7569 arg "newline-insert newline"
7586 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7587 So, when you finish using the
7591 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7592 Also, you can nest the
7596 environment inside of others.
7599 \begin_layout Standard
7600 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7603 \begin_layout Itemize
7607 arg "newline-insert newline"
7610 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7615 \begin_inset space \space{}
7625 arg "newline-insert newline"
7631 \begin_layout Itemize
7635 arg "newline-insert newline"
7646 \begin_layout Itemize
7651 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7658 \begin_layout Itemize
7662 arg "space-insert protected"
7669 \begin_layout Itemize
7670 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7671 You must put at least one
7675 in any line you want blank.
7676 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7679 \begin_layout Itemize
7680 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7684 since that will insert
7689 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7692 arg "self-insert \""
7698 \begin_layout Standard
7702 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7710 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7714 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7718 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 printf("Hello World!
7724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7728 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7732 \begin_layout Standard
7733 This is just the standard
7734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7745 \begin_layout Standard
7750 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7751 rc-files, and so on.
7752 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7753 as if you used a typewriter.
7754 \begin_inset Index idx
7757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7758 Paragraph environments|)
7763 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7766 Program Code Listings
7775 \begin_layout Section
7776 Nesting Environments
7777 \begin_inset Index idx
7780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7781 Nesting ! Environments
7787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7796 \begin_layout Subsection
7800 \begin_layout Standard
7801 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7803 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7805 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7807 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7819 \begin_layout Enumerate
7823 \begin_layout Enumerate
7828 \begin_layout Enumerate
7832 \begin_layout Enumerate
7837 \begin_layout Enumerate
7841 \begin_layout Standard
7842 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7843 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7846 \begin_inset space ~
7850 \begin_inset space ~
7858 \begin_inset space ~
7862 \begin_inset space ~
7871 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7872 will tell you how far you are nested).
7873 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7876 arg "depth-increment"
7882 arg "depth-decrement"
7885 or the convenient key bindings
7896 arg "depth-increment"
7902 arg "depth-decrement"
7905 to change the nesting level.
7906 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7907 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7911 \begin_layout Standard
7912 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7913 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7914 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7915 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7918 \begin_layout Standard
7919 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7920 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7922 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7925 \begin_layout Subsection
7926 What You Can and Can't Nest
7929 \begin_layout Standard
7930 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7931 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7934 \begin_layout Standard
7935 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7936 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7937 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7940 \begin_layout Itemize
7941 Completely unnestable
7944 \begin_layout Itemize
7945 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7949 \begin_layout Itemize
7950 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7954 \begin_layout Standard
7955 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7956 environments have them:
7959 \begin_layout Description
7960 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7961 Can't nest into them.
7965 \begin_layout Itemize
7971 \begin_layout Itemize
7977 \begin_layout Itemize
7983 \begin_layout Itemize
7989 \begin_layout Itemize
7996 \begin_layout Description
7998 \begin_inset space ~
8001 Nestable You can nest them.
8002 You can nest other things into them.
8006 \begin_layout Itemize
8012 \begin_layout Itemize
8018 \begin_layout Itemize
8024 \begin_layout Itemize
8030 \begin_layout Itemize
8036 \begin_layout Itemize
8042 \begin_layout Itemize
8048 \begin_layout Itemize
8055 \begin_layout Description
8056 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8057 You can't nest anything into them.
8061 \begin_layout Itemize
8067 \begin_layout Itemize
8073 \begin_layout Itemize
8079 \begin_layout Itemize
8085 \begin_layout Itemize
8091 \begin_layout Itemize
8097 \begin_layout Itemize
8103 \begin_layout Itemize
8109 \begin_layout Itemize
8115 \begin_layout Itemize
8121 \begin_layout Itemize
8127 \begin_layout Itemize
8133 \begin_layout Itemize
8139 \begin_layout Itemize
8143 \begin_inset space ~
8149 \begin_layout Itemize
8156 \begin_layout Standard
8157 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8165 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8174 \begin_inset space ~
8178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8182 \begin_inset space \space{}
8185 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8186 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8187 section headings violate this.
8195 \begin_layout Subsection
8196 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8197 \begin_inset Index idx
8200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8201 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8209 \begin_layout Standard
8210 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8211 affected by nesting anyhow.
8215 \begin_layout Itemize
8219 \begin_layout Itemize
8223 \begin_layout Itemize
8227 \begin_layout Standard
8229 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8237 Figures and tables in
8241 are not affected by this.
8246 Have a look at section
8247 \begin_inset space ~
8251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8253 reference "sec:Floats"
8257 for more information about
8264 \begin_layout Standard
8265 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8266 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8270 \begin_layout Standard
8271 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8279 of its own, it behaves just like a
8280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8287 paragraph environment.
8288 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8292 \begin_layout Standard
8293 Here's an example with a table:
8296 \begin_layout Enumerate
8301 \begin_layout Enumerate
8302 This is (a) and it's nested.
8306 \begin_layout Standard
8307 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8313 \begin_layout Standard
8315 \begin_inset Tabular
8316 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8317 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8403 \begin_layout Standard
8404 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8411 \begin_layout Enumerate
8413 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8417 \begin_layout Enumerate
8421 \begin_layout Standard
8422 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8425 \begin_layout Enumerate
8430 \begin_layout Enumerate
8431 This is (a) and it's nested.
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8442 \begin_layout Standard
8444 \begin_inset Tabular
8445 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8446 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8447 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8448 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8532 \begin_layout Standard
8533 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8539 \begin_layout Enumerate
8546 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8549 \begin_layout Enumerate
8553 \begin_layout Standard
8554 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8558 \begin_layout Standard
8559 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8561 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8564 \begin_layout Enumerate
8569 \begin_layout Enumerate
8570 This is (a) and it's nested.
8573 \begin_layout Standard
8574 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8580 \begin_layout Standard
8582 \begin_inset Tabular
8583 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8584 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8585 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8586 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8670 \begin_layout Standard
8671 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8677 \begin_layout Enumerate
8679 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8687 \begin_layout Enumerate
8691 \begin_layout Standard
8692 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8698 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8699 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8703 \begin_layout Subsection
8704 Usage and General Features
8707 \begin_layout Standard
8708 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8717 is the innermost possible depth.
8718 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8721 \begin_layout Enumerate
8722 level #1 – outermost
8726 \begin_layout Enumerate
8731 \begin_layout Enumerate
8736 \begin_layout Enumerate
8741 \begin_layout Itemize
8746 \begin_layout Itemize
8755 \begin_layout Standard
8756 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8757 both of them in the example.
8758 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8768 For example, if we tried to nest another
8773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8780 , we would get errors.
8783 \begin_layout Subsection
8785 \begin_inset Index idx
8788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8797 \begin_layout Standard
8798 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8799 We have several examples of nested environments.
8800 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8804 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8805 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8808 \begin_layout Labeling
8809 \labelwidthstring MMM
8810 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8819 \begin_layout Labeling
8820 \labelwidthstring MMM
8821 #2-a This is level #2.
8822 We created it by using
8825 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8831 arg "depth-increment"
8838 \begin_layout Labeling
8839 \labelwidthstring MMM
8840 #3-a This is level #3.
8841 This time, we just hit
8848 arg "depth-increment"
8852 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8856 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8862 arg "depth-increment"
8869 \begin_layout Standard
8874 environment, nested inside of
8875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8883 So, it's at level #4.
8884 We did this by hitting
8887 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8893 arg "depth-increment"
8896 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8901 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8917 \begin_layout Standard
8922 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8925 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8931 \begin_layout Labeling
8932 \labelwidthstring MMM
8933 #4-a This is level #4.
8937 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8940 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8945 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8949 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8954 keep nesting things inside
8955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8966 \begin_layout Labeling
8967 \labelwidthstring MMM
8968 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8973 \begin_layout Labeling
8974 \labelwidthstring MMM
8975 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8976 and this is level #6.
8977 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8981 \begin_layout Labeling
8982 \labelwidthstring MMM
8983 #5-b Back to level #5.
8987 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8993 arg "depth-decrement"
9000 \begin_layout Labeling
9001 \labelwidthstring MMM
9005 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9011 arg "depth-decrement"
9014 , we're back at level #4.
9018 \begin_layout Labeling
9019 \labelwidthstring MMM
9020 #3-b Back to level #3.
9021 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9025 \begin_layout Labeling
9026 \labelwidthstring MMM
9027 #2-b Back to level #2.
9032 \begin_layout Labeling
9033 \labelwidthstring MMM
9034 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9035 After this sentence, we'll hit
9039 and change the paragraph environment back to
9046 \begin_layout Standard
9047 We could have also used the
9063 environment in place of the
9068 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9071 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9072 Example 2: Inheritance
9075 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9076 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9079 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9088 arg "depth-increment"
9091 , after which, we'll change to the
9099 \begin_layout Enumerate
9104 environment, at level #2.
9107 \begin_layout Enumerate
9108 Notice how the nested
9112 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9116 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9120 \begin_layout Standard
9121 We ended this example by hitting
9126 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9130 and reset the nesting depth by using
9133 arg "depth-decrement"
9139 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9140 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9149 \begin_inset Argument
9152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9153 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9161 \begin_layout Enumerate
9162 This is level #1, in an
9166 paragraph environment.
9167 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9171 \begin_layout Enumerate
9176 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9182 arg "depth-increment"
9186 Now, what happens if we nest an
9190 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9191 label be? An asterisk?
9195 \begin_layout Itemize
9205 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9206 So, its label is a bullet.
9207 (We got here by using
9210 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9216 arg "depth-increment"
9219 , then changing the environment to
9227 \begin_layout Itemize
9228 Here's level #4, produced using
9231 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9237 arg "depth-increment"
9241 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9246 \begin_layout Enumerate
9247 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9249 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9254 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9258 , because we are in the
9267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9286 \begin_layout Enumerate
9291 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9292 type of numbering does LyX use?
9295 \begin_layout Enumerate
9296 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9299 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9302 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9305 \begin_layout Enumerate
9309 arg "depth-decrement"
9312 to decrease the depth after the next
9315 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9322 \begin_layout Enumerate
9324 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9328 \begin_layout Enumerate
9330 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9331 numeral as the label.Why?
9334 \begin_layout Enumerate
9335 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9344 Notice, however, that LyX
9348 reset the counter for the label.
9352 \begin_layout Enumerate
9356 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9362 arg "depth-decrement"
9365 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9366 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9367 into the twofold-nested
9375 \begin_layout Enumerate
9376 The same thing happens if we do another
9379 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9385 arg "depth-decrement"
9388 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9391 \begin_layout Standard
9392 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9397 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9411 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9417 The same rule applies for the
9421 environment, as well.
9424 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9425 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9428 \begin_layout Enumerate
9429 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9430 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9431 same detail with how we did it.
9440 \begin_layout Standard
9448 arg "depth-increment"
9455 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9456 example in parentheses someplace.
9457 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9458 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9459 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9463 \begin_layout Enumerate
9468 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9473 Now we'll add verse.
9474 \begin_inset Newline newline
9477 It will get much worse.
9478 \begin_inset Newline newline
9488 arg "depth-increment"
9499 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9500 \begin_inset Newline newline
9503 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9504 \begin_inset Newline newline
9510 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9523 \begin_layout Standard
9524 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9530 \begin_layout Standard
9532 \begin_inset Tabular
9533 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9534 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9535 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9536 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9625 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9635 arg "depth-increment"
9641 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9651 arg "depth-decrement"
9658 \begin_layout Enumerate
9663 : level #1) This is another item.
9664 Note that selecting a
9668 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9669 3 times to put the table inside the
9677 \begin_layout Quotation
9678 We're now ending the
9682 list and changing to
9687 We're still at level #1.
9688 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9689 The next set of paragraphs is a
9690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9704 \begin_inset space ~
9709 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9713 for the letter body.
9717 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9720 to preserve the depth.
9721 Remember that you need to use
9724 arg "newline-insert newline"
9727 to create multiple lines inside the
9734 \begin_inset space ~
9744 \begin_layout Right Address
9746 \begin_inset Newline newline
9749 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9750 \begin_inset Newline newline
9756 \begin_layout Address
9758 \begin_inset space ~
9764 \begin_layout Quotation
9765 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9766 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9769 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9770 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9771 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9772 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9773 as soon as possible.
9774 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9777 \begin_layout Quotation
9778 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9779 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9780 with your order, along with payment.
9783 \begin_layout Quotation
9784 We thank you again for your patience.
9787 \begin_layout Address
9789 \begin_inset Newline newline
9796 \begin_layout Quotation
9797 That ends that example!
9800 \begin_layout Standard
9801 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9802 just a few keystrokes.
9803 We could have easily nested an
9824 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9827 \begin_layout Section
9828 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9829 \begin_inset Index idx
9832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9841 \begin_layout Standard
9842 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9843 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9844 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9845 be broken at the end of a line.
9846 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9850 \begin_layout Subsection
9852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9854 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9859 \begin_inset Index idx
9862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9871 \begin_layout Standard
9872 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9874 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9878 Further documentation is given in section
9879 \begin_inset Newline newline
9883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9885 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9893 \begin_layout Standard
9894 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9909 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9918 A protected space is set with
9920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9921 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9925 \begin_inset space ~
9935 arg "space-insert protected"
9941 \begin_layout Subsection
9943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9945 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9950 \begin_inset Index idx
9953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9954 Spacing ! Horizontal
9962 \begin_layout Standard
9963 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9966 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9970 The length units are listed in Appendix
9971 \begin_inset space ~
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9977 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9984 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9988 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9993 \begin_inset Index idx
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10007 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10011 \begin_inset space \space{}
10014 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10015 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10016 \begin_inset space ~
10020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10022 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10027 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10028 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10031 arg "space-insert normal"
10037 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10041 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10046 \begin_inset Index idx
10049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10058 \begin_layout Standard
10060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10067 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10076 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10077 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10078 inside abbreviations:
10081 \begin_layout Quote
10083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10087 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10090 \begin_layout Standard
10091 or between values and units.
10092 Compare for example this:
10093 \begin_inset Newline newline
10097 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10101 \begin_inset Newline newline
10104 10 kg (normal space
10107 \begin_layout Standard
10108 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10111 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10113 \begin_inset space ~
10121 arg "space-insert thin"
10127 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10131 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10138 \begin_layout Standard
10139 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10142 \begin_layout Description
10144 \begin_inset space ~
10148 \begin_inset space ~
10151 space A line with a
10152 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10156 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10160 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10163 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10166 \begin_layout Description
10168 \begin_inset space ~
10172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10176 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10180 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10184 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10188 \begin_inset space ~
10192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10195 em) space between the arrows.
10198 \begin_layout Description
10200 \begin_inset space ~
10204 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10208 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10212 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10216 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10220 \begin_inset space ~
10224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10227 em) space between the arrows.
10230 \begin_layout Description
10232 \begin_inset space ~
10236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10240 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10244 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10248 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10252 \begin_inset space ~
10256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10259 em) space between the arrows.
10262 \begin_layout Description
10264 \begin_inset space ~
10268 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10272 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10277 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10284 cm space between the arrows.
10287 \begin_layout Standard
10289 \begin_inset space ~
10293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10295 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10299 lists the different space sizes.
10302 \begin_layout Standard
10303 \begin_inset Float table
10308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10310 \begin_inset Caption
10312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10315 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10319 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10329 \begin_inset Tabular
10330 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10331 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10332 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10333 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10373 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10460 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10516 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10529 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10550 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10556 \begin_inset Index idx
10559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10568 \begin_layout Standard
10569 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10570 in a uniform fashion.
10571 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10572 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10573 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10574 equally between themselves.
10578 \begin_layout Standard
10579 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10582 \begin_layout Quote
10584 This is on the left side
10585 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10588 This is on the right
10591 \begin_layout Quote
10594 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10598 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10604 \begin_layout Quote
10607 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10611 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10615 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10621 \begin_layout Standard
10622 That was an example in the
10628 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10632 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10636 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10639 is one in a standard paragraph.
10640 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10644 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10647 \begin_layout Standard
10648 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10651 \begin_inset space ~
10656 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10659 \begin_layout Standard
10661 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10665 \begin_inset space ~
10671 \begin_layout Standard
10673 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10677 \begin_inset space ~
10683 \begin_layout Standard
10685 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10689 \begin_inset space ~
10695 \begin_layout Standard
10697 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10701 \begin_inset space ~
10707 \begin_layout Standard
10709 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10713 \begin_inset space ~
10719 \begin_layout Standard
10721 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10725 \begin_inset space ~
10731 \begin_layout Standard
10732 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10740 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10744 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10745 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10746 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10750 option in the space dialog.
10758 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10760 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10762 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10767 \begin_inset Index idx
10770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10779 \begin_layout Standard
10780 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10782 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10786 \begin_inset space \space{}
10789 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10792 \begin_layout Standard
10793 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10796 What is correct English?:
10797 \begin_inset Newline newline
10801 \begin_inset Newline newline
10805 \begin_inset space ~
10808 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10809 \begin_inset Newline newline
10813 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10824 \begin_inset Newline newline
10828 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10839 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10845 \begin_layout Standard
10846 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10851 \begin_inset space ~
10855 \begin_inset space ~
10859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10863 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10866 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10870 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10876 \begin_inset space ~
10880 \begin_inset space ~
10884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10887 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10896 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10897 That is why it is named
10898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10906 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10907 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10911 \begin_layout Subsection
10913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10915 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10920 \begin_inset Index idx
10923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10932 \begin_layout Standard
10933 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10935 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10936 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10938 \begin_inset space ~
10944 There you find the following sizes:
10947 \begin_layout Standard
10960 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10965 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10967 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10971 \begin_inset Index idx
10974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10975 Document ! Settings
10980 for the paragraph separation.
10981 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10992 \begin_layout Standard
10998 \begin_inset Index idx
11001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11007 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11008 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11010 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11011 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11020 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11029 s are described in section
11030 \begin_inset space ~
11034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11036 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11045 If there are several
11049 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11050 You can therefore use
11054 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11057 \begin_layout Standard
11062 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11063 \begin_inset space ~
11067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11069 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11076 \begin_layout Standard
11077 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11087 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11088 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11100 \begin_layout Subsection
11101 Paragraph Alignment
11104 \begin_layout Standard
11105 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11107 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11111 There are five possibilities:
11114 \begin_layout Itemize
11122 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11128 \begin_layout Itemize
11136 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11142 \begin_layout Itemize
11150 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11156 \begin_layout Itemize
11164 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11170 \begin_layout Itemize
11178 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11184 \begin_layout Standard
11185 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11186 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11187 the left and right margins.
11188 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11191 \begin_layout Standard
11193 This paragraph is right aligned,
11196 \begin_layout Standard
11198 this one is centered,
11201 \begin_layout Standard
11203 this one is left aligned.
11206 \begin_layout Subsection
11208 \begin_inset Index idx
11211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11212 Page breaks ! Forced
11218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11220 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11227 \begin_layout Standard
11228 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11229 can force a page break where you want one.
11230 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11231 Only if you use a lot of
11235 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11238 \begin_layout Standard
11239 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11240 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11244 have to change the page breaking.
11247 \begin_layout Standard
11248 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11250 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11253 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11255 \begin_inset space ~
11261 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11264 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11266 \begin_inset space ~
11271 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11273 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11274 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11277 \begin_layout Standard
11278 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11279 at the top of a page.
11280 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11281 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11282 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11283 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11287 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
11291 to learn more about
11298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11300 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11302 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11307 \begin_inset Index idx
11310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11311 Page breaks ! Clear
11319 \begin_layout Standard
11320 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11321 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11322 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11323 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11324 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11327 \begin_layout Standard
11328 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11330 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11331 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11333 \begin_inset space ~
11339 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11342 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11344 \begin_inset space ~
11348 \begin_inset space ~
11353 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11354 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11357 \begin_layout Subsection
11359 \begin_inset Index idx
11362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11371 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11378 \begin_layout Standard
11379 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11381 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11384 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11386 \begin_inset space ~
11390 \begin_inset space ~
11398 arg "newline-insert newline"
11402 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11405 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11407 \begin_inset space ~
11411 \begin_inset space ~
11416 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11418 This is necessary to avoid
11419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11426 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11429 \begin_layout Standard
11430 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11431 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11432 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11433 set a line break, e.
11434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11438 \begin_inset space \space{}
11441 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11442 \begin_inset space ~
11446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11448 reference "sec:Quote"
11453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11455 reference "sec:Verse"
11460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11462 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11469 \begin_layout Subsection
11471 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11473 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11478 \begin_inset Index idx
11481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11490 \begin_layout Standard
11492 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11503 \begin_layout Standard
11506 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11507 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11509 \begin_inset space ~
11514 you can insert horizontal lines.
11515 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11516 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11517 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11520 \begin_layout Standard
11522 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11533 \begin_layout Section
11534 Characters and Symbols
11537 \begin_layout Standard
11538 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11539 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11540 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11544 \begin_inset space \space{}
11547 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11555 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11559 for information on how this is done.
11562 \begin_layout Standard
11563 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11568 dialog via the menu
11570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11571 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11577 \begin_layout Standard
11578 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11586 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11587 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11588 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11596 \begin_layout Section
11597 Fonts and Text Styles
11598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11600 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11607 \begin_layout Subsection
11609 \begin_inset Index idx
11612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11621 \begin_layout Standard
11622 There are two types of fonts:
11625 \begin_layout Description
11627 \begin_inset space ~
11631 \begin_inset Index idx
11634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11640 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11645 characters) in the font.
11646 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11647 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11648 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11649 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11650 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11651 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11652 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11653 \begin_inset Newline newline
11656 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11657 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11658 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11659 sizes than at small ones.
11660 \begin_inset Newline newline
11674 \begin_inset space ~
11682 \begin_layout Description
11684 \begin_inset space ~
11688 \begin_inset Index idx
11691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11697 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11698 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11699 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11700 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11701 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11702 picture manipulation program.
11703 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11704 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11705 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11706 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11707 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11709 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11710 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11711 \begin_inset Newline newline
11714 Bitmap fonts are named
11717 \begin_inset space ~
11722 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11725 \begin_layout Standard
11726 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11727 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11728 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11729 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11730 use scalable fonts.
11733 \begin_layout Standard
11734 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11735 its document properties.
11738 \begin_layout Standard
11739 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11740 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11741 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11742 font to emphasize text, you use an
11743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11751 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11752 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11756 \begin_layout Subsection
11758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11760 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11767 \begin_layout Standard
11768 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11769 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11770 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11772 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11773 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11774 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11775 to usual word processors.
11776 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11777 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11778 across different machines.
11779 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11780 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11782 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11784 \begin_inset space ~
11788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11790 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11795 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11796 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11800 \begin_layout Standard
11801 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11802 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11803 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11804 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11805 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11806 that is installed on your system.
11807 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11810 \begin_layout Standard
11811 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11819 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11820 es; so you might have to experiment.
11828 \begin_layout Standard
11829 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11837 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11838 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11846 \begin_layout Subsection
11847 Document Font and Font size
11848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11850 name "sub:Document-Font"
11855 \begin_inset Index idx
11858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11865 \begin_inset Index idx
11868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11877 \begin_layout Standard
11878 You can set the document fonts in the
11880 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11884 \begin_inset Index idx
11887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11888 Document ! Settings
11898 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11899 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11902 \begin_inset space ~
11911 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11912 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11916 \begin_layout Standard
11923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11932 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11933 This requires that you use
11939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11978 as output format, i.
11979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11983 \begin_inset space ~
11986 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11987 \begin_inset space ~
11991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11993 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11998 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
12000 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
12002 \begin_inset space ~
12005 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12006 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12007 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12009 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12012 \begin_layout Standard
12013 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12018 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12023 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12024 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12031 \begin_inset space ~
12037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12050 European Computer Modern
12053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12060 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12063 \begin_layout Standard
12072 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12073 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12078 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12081 \begin_inset space ~
12086 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12092 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12093 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12096 \begin_layout Itemize
12100 \begin_inset space ~
12105 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12118 \begin_inset space ~
12123 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12127 as the default font.
12128 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12129 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12132 \begin_inset space ~
12145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12146 One difference is improved kerning.
12154 \begin_layout Itemize
12158 \begin_inset space ~
12162 \begin_inset space ~
12167 fonts in (the rare) case that
12170 \begin_inset space ~
12175 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12190 Virtual means that it
12191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12202 -glyphs from other fonts.
12203 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12225 Loading the LaTeX-package
12230 \begin_inset Index idx
12233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12234 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12239 with the document preamble line
12240 \begin_inset Newline newline
12247 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12248 \begin_inset Newline newline
12253 will fix the guillemet problem.
12258 and that accented characters are not
12262 glyph, but build of
12266 characters, the accent and the letter.
12267 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12273 If you search for example for the French word
12274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12281 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12290 and not for the glyph
12291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12295 \begin_inset space ~
12299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12305 \begin_layout Itemize
12306 If you do not like the look of
12314 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12319 \begin_inset space ~
12325 \begin_inset space ~
12335 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12336 \begin_inset space ~
12339 serif and typewriter fonts
12343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12344 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12351 \begin_inset space ~
12360 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12365 \begin_inset space \space{}
12373 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12377 \begin_inset space \space{}
12383 \begin_inset space ~
12391 \begin_inset space ~
12401 , but you can also select your own.
12402 \begin_inset Newline newline
12405 The differences between roman,
12408 \begin_inset space ~
12417 fonts are explained in section
12418 \begin_inset space ~
12422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12424 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12429 \begin_inset Newline newline
12435 \begin_inset space ~
12440 was originally designed for newspapers.
12441 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12442 into the small newspaper columns.
12446 \begin_inset space ~
12451 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12454 \begin_layout Standard
12455 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12468 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12473 depends on the class you are using.
12474 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12477 \begin_layout Standard
12478 Note that the font size is the
12483 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12484 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12485 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12488 \begin_inset space ~
12494 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12495 \begin_inset space ~
12499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12501 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12508 \begin_layout Standard
12513 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12515 \begin_inset space ~
12518 serif or typewriter.
12523 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12533 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12536 \begin_layout Standard
12545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12554 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12560 \begin_inset space ~
12564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12566 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12571 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12572 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12579 \begin_layout Standard
12580 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12582 Use Old Style Figures
12586 Use True Small Caps
12589 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12592 Use Old Style Figures
12594 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12600 \begin_inset space ~
12603 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12606 Use True Small Caps
12608 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12609 of scaled capitals.
12610 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12611 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12614 \begin_layout Standard
12619 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12620 a font to display the script characters.
12624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12625 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12630 So this has no effect for the document language
12646 \begin_layout Standard
12647 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12651 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12659 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12663 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12664 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12665 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12667 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12670 dialog, see section
12671 \begin_inset space ~
12675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12677 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12689 \begin_layout Subsection
12690 Using Different Character Styles
12691 \begin_inset Index idx
12694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12701 \begin_inset Index idx
12704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12713 \begin_layout Standard
12714 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12715 certain paragraph environments.
12716 LyX supports two character styles,
12725 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12729 \begin_layout Standard
12734 style, do one of the following:
12737 \begin_layout Itemize
12738 click on the toolbar button
12747 \begin_layout Itemize
12748 use the key binding
12757 \begin_layout Standard
12758 These commands are all toggles.
12763 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12766 \begin_layout Standard
12767 One typically uses the
12771 style for proper names.
12773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12780 is the original author of LyX.
12781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12787 \begin_layout Standard
12788 A more widely used character style is the
12793 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12800 \begin_layout Itemize
12801 clicking on the toolbar button
12810 \begin_layout Itemize
12811 using the keybindings
12820 \begin_layout Standard
12825 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12826 es use a different font.
12829 \begin_layout Standard
12830 We've been using the
12834 style all over the place in this document.
12835 Here's one more example:
12838 \begin_layout Quotation
12841 Don't overuse character styles!
12844 \begin_layout Standard
12845 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12846 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12847 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12848 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12852 \begin_layout Standard
12853 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12861 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12863 \begin_inset space ~
12871 \begin_layout Subsection
12872 Fine-Tuning with the
12877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12879 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12884 \begin_inset Index idx
12887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12896 \begin_layout Standard
12897 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12898 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12899 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12900 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12901 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12902 from ordinary dialog.
12905 \begin_layout Standard
12906 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12907 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12908 \begin_inset Newline newline
12911 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12912 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12915 \begin_layout Standard
12916 To use custom character styles, open the
12918 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12920 \begin_inset space ~
12923 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12927 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12928 font property which you can choose.
12929 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12932 \begin_inset space ~
12937 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12942 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12943 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12944 environments in a snap.
12947 \begin_layout Standard
12948 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12951 \begin_inset space ~
12963 \begin_layout Labeling
12964 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12978 The possible options are:
12982 \begin_layout Labeling
12983 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12988 This is the Roman font family.
12989 Normally a serif font.
12990 It's also the default family.
13000 \begin_layout Labeling
13001 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13005 \begin_inset space ~
13012 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13024 \begin_layout Labeling
13025 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13032 This is the Typewriter font family.
13038 arg "font-typewriter"
13047 \begin_layout Labeling
13048 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13053 This corresponds to the print weight.
13058 \begin_layout Labeling
13059 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13064 This is the Medium font series.
13065 It's also the default series.
13068 \begin_layout Labeling
13069 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13076 This is the Bold font series.
13089 \begin_layout Labeling
13090 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13095 As the name implies.
13100 \begin_layout Labeling
13101 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13106 This is the Upright font shape.
13107 It's also the default shape.
13110 \begin_layout Labeling
13111 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13125 s the Italic font shape
13131 \begin_layout Labeling
13132 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13139 This is the Slanted font shape
13141 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13144 \begin_layout Labeling
13145 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13149 \begin_inset space ~
13156 This is the Small caps font shape
13163 \begin_layout Labeling
13164 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13169 Alters the size of the font.
13170 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13171 nal to the document font size.
13172 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13173 what you want to do.
13178 \begin_layout Labeling
13179 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13200 arg "font-size tiny"
13206 \begin_layout Labeling
13207 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13228 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13234 \begin_layout Labeling
13235 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13256 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13262 \begin_layout Labeling
13263 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13284 arg "font-size small"
13290 \begin_layout Labeling
13291 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13305 It's also the default size.
13309 arg "font-size normal"
13315 \begin_layout Labeling
13316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13337 arg "font-size large"
13343 \begin_layout Labeling
13344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13365 arg "font-size larger"
13371 \begin_layout Labeling
13372 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13393 arg "font-size largest"
13399 \begin_layout Labeling
13400 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13421 arg "font-size huge"
13427 \begin_layout Labeling
13428 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13449 arg "font-size giant"
13455 \begin_layout Labeling
13456 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13461 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13481 arg "font-size increase"
13487 \begin_layout Labeling
13488 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13493 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13513 arg "font-size decrease"
13520 \begin_layout Standard
13525 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13526 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13527 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13528 — use that instead.
13529 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13532 \begin_layout Labeling
13533 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13538 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13543 \begin_layout Labeling
13544 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13551 This is text with emphasize on
13554 This might seem like the same as
13558 , but it is actually a bit different.
13564 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13566 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13569 \begin_layout Labeling
13570 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13577 This is text with Underbar on.
13583 arg "font-underline"
13589 \begin_inset Newline newline
13594 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13595 when you couldn't change fonts.
13596 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13597 It's only included in LyX because some people
13601 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13604 \begin_layout Labeling
13605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13609 \begin_inset space ~
13616 This is text with Double underbar on.
13622 arg "font-underunderline"
13626 \begin_inset Newline newline
13629 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13630 about double underbar.
13633 \begin_layout Labeling
13634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13638 \begin_inset space ~
13645 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13651 arg "font-underwave"
13655 \begin_inset Newline newline
13658 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13659 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13662 \begin_layout Labeling
13663 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13670 This is text with Strikeout on.
13676 arg "font-strikeout"
13679 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13683 \begin_layout Labeling
13684 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13691 This is text with Noun on.
13698 , this is a logical attribute.
13699 Normally it's equivalent to
13702 \begin_inset space ~
13711 \begin_layout Labeling
13712 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13717 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13718 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13722 \begin_inset space ~
13727 , which is the default
13728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13735 and means normally black, you can choose between
13768 \begin_inset Index idx
13771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13780 \begin_layout Labeling
13781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13786 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13787 the language of the document.
13788 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13792 \begin_layout Standard
13793 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13794 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13796 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13798 \begin_inset space ~
13803 dialog, the settings are saved.
13804 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13807 arg "textstyle-apply"
13811 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13816 \begin_layout Standard
13817 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13824 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13825 (suppose you just set the shape to
13826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13844 \begin_inset space ~
13856 \begin_layout Standard
13857 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13865 \begin_inset space ~
13877 \begin_layout Itemize
13883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13890 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13908 \begin_inset Newline newline
13912 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13926 \begin_inset Note Note
13929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13930 For more on phantoms see section
13931 \begin_inset space ~
13935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13937 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13947 \begin_inset Newline newline
13953 \begin_layout Itemize
13958 fonts use characters with serifs.
13959 These are the small
13960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13967 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13968 The following example will show the difference:
13969 \begin_inset Newline newline
13973 \begin_inset Newline newline
13978 text without serifs
13981 \begin_inset Newline newline
13984 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13985 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13992 \begin_layout Itemize
13998 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13999 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14002 \begin_layout Standard
14003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14010 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14011 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14012 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14014 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14015 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14016 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14033 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14034 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14042 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14051 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14086 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14095 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14099 \begin_layout Standard
14100 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14101 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14104 \begin_layout Section
14105 Printing and Previewing
14108 \begin_layout Subsection
14112 \begin_layout Standard
14113 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14114 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14115 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14116 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14117 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14119 Additional Features
14124 \begin_layout Standard
14125 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14126 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14127 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
14128 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14129 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14130 This happens in two stages:
14133 \begin_layout Enumerate
14134 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14135 generating a file with the extension,
14136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14150 \begin_layout Enumerate
14151 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14155 file to produce printable output.
14159 \begin_layout Subsection
14160 Output file formats
14161 \begin_inset Index idx
14164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14173 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14180 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14181 Simple text (ASCII)
14182 \begin_inset Index idx
14185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14186 File formats ! ASCII
14194 \begin_layout Standard
14195 This file type has the extension
14196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14208 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14212 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14219 \begin_layout Standard
14220 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14222 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14223 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14225 \begin_inset space ~
14232 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14233 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14235 \begin_inset space ~
14239 \begin_inset space ~
14245 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14249 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14251 \begin_inset Index idx
14254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14255 File formats ! LaTeX
14263 \begin_layout Standard
14264 This file type has the extension
14265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14276 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14278 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14279 it manually with console commands.
14280 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14281 you view or export your document.
14284 \begin_layout Standard
14285 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14287 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14288 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14305 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14307 \begin_inset Index idx
14310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14319 \begin_layout Standard
14320 This file type has the extension
14321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14341 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14342 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14343 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14347 \begin_layout Standard
14348 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14349 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14350 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14351 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14353 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14356 \begin_layout Standard
14357 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14359 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14360 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14365 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14366 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14368 \begin_inset space ~
14375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14385 The latter option uses the program
14394 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14395 font access (see section
14396 \begin_inset space ~
14400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14402 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14407 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14411 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14413 \begin_inset Index idx
14416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14417 File formats ! PostScript
14425 \begin_layout Standard
14426 This file type has the extension
14427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14439 PostScript was developed by the company
14443 as a printer language.
14444 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14446 PostScript can be seen as a
14447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14450 programming language
14451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14454 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14459 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14465 \begin_inset Index idx
14468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14469 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14479 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14482 \begin_layout Standard
14483 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14487 Encapsulated PostScript
14488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14491 (EPS, file extension
14492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14504 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14505 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14507 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14510 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14514 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14515 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14516 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14517 EPS to avoid this problem.
14520 \begin_layout Standard
14521 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14523 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14524 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14530 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14532 \begin_inset Index idx
14535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14542 \begin_inset Index idx
14545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14554 \begin_layout Standard
14555 This file type has the extension
14556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14572 Portable Document Format
14573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14580 was derived from PostScript.
14581 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14590 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14591 looks exactly the same.
14594 \begin_layout Standard
14595 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14599 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14603 (JPG, file extension
14604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14631 Portable Network Graphics
14632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14635 (PNG, file extension
14636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14648 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14649 in the background to one of these formats.
14650 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14651 will slow down your workflow.
14652 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14655 \begin_layout Standard
14656 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14658 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14661 in three different ways:
14664 \begin_layout Description
14665 PDF This uses the program
14669 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14670 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14674 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14675 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14678 \begin_layout Description
14680 \begin_inset space ~
14683 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14687 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14691 \begin_layout Description
14693 \begin_inset space ~
14696 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14700 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14703 \begin_layout Description
14705 \begin_inset space ~
14712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14719 X) This uses the program
14723 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14728 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14729 font access (see section
14730 \begin_inset space ~
14734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14736 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14741 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14744 \begin_layout Description
14746 \begin_inset space ~
14753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14760 X) This uses the program
14764 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14769 is an even newer engine, derived from
14773 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14774 access (see section
14775 \begin_inset space ~
14779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14781 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14786 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14790 \begin_layout Standard
14791 We recommend to use
14794 \begin_inset space ~
14803 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14804 works without problems.
14805 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14806 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14810 \begin_inset space ~
14817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14829 \begin_inset space ~
14836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14845 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14853 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14855 \begin_inset Index idx
14858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14859 FileFormats ! XHTML
14865 \begin_inset Index idx
14868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14877 \begin_layout Standard
14878 This file type has the extension
14879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14891 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14892 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14893 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14894 suitable for the purpose.
14895 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14896 it, but not all do.
14899 \begin_layout Standard
14900 XHTML output remains
14901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14908 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14913 LyX and the World Wide Web
14914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14919 Additional Features
14921 manual, for more information.
14924 \begin_layout Standard
14925 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14927 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14928 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14934 \begin_layout Subsection
14936 \begin_inset Index idx
14939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14948 \begin_layout Standard
14949 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14950 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14959 or the toolbar button
14966 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14967 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14968 \begin_inset space ~
14972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14974 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14978 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14980 \begin_inset space ~
14984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14986 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14991 Further output formats can be selected via
14993 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14996 or the toolbar button
14997 \begin_inset Graphics
14998 filename ../images/view-others.png
15000 groupId toolbarbuttons
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15008 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15009 viewer window using the menu
15011 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15016 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15017 Update (Other Formats)
15022 \begin_layout Standard
15023 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15025 To have a real output, export your document.
15028 \begin_layout Subsection
15029 Printing the File from within LyX
15030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15032 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15039 \begin_layout Standard
15040 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15041 it directly from within LyX.
15042 To print a file, select the menu
15044 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15047 or click on the toolbar button
15050 arg "dialog-show print"
15054 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15055 This file is then processed by the program
15059 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15064 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15067 \begin_layout Standard
15068 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15069 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15070 printing one set to print on the other side.
15071 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15072 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15073 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15076 \begin_layout Standard
15077 You can set the parameters in the
15080 \begin_inset space ~
15088 \begin_layout Labeling
15089 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15094 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15099 Note that this printer name is for the program
15108 has to be configured for this printer name.
15109 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15110 \begin_inset space ~
15114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15116 reference "sub:Printer"
15125 The printer should understand PostScript.
15128 \begin_layout Labeling
15129 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15134 The name of a file to print to.
15135 The output will be a PostScript file.
15136 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15140 \begin_layout Section
15141 A few Words about Typography
15142 \begin_inset Index idx
15145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15154 \begin_layout Subsection
15156 \begin_inset Index idx
15159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15168 \begin_layout Standard
15170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15181 character comes in four lengths: the
15193 , and the minus sign:
15194 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15200 \begin_layout Standard
15201 \begin_inset Tabular
15202 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15203 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15204 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15205 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15206 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15207 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15236 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15276 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15301 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15303 \begin_inset space ~
15306 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15313 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15338 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15340 \begin_inset space ~
15343 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15364 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15398 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15404 \begin_layout Standard
15405 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15417 character multiple times in a row.
15418 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15419 the final output, but not in LyX.
15421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15451 \begin_layout Standard
15452 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15453 math mode and has a length of its own.
15454 Here are some examples of the
15455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15469 \begin_layout Enumerate
15470 line- and page-breaks
15471 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15481 \begin_layout Enumerate
15483 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15493 \begin_layout Enumerate
15494 Oh — there's a dash.
15495 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15505 \begin_layout Enumerate
15506 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15510 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15520 \begin_layout Subsection
15522 \begin_inset Index idx
15525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15534 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15541 \begin_layout Standard
15542 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15543 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15548 \begin_inset Index idx
15551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15552 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15557 following the rules of the document language.
15560 \begin_layout Standard
15561 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15566 font and with unusual constructs, like
15567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15575 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15577 This is done with the menu
15579 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15580 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15582 \begin_inset space ~
15588 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15589 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15592 \begin_layout Standard
15593 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15594 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15604 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15612 as a hyphenation possibility.
15613 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15614 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15615 as described in section
15616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15619 Prevent Hyphenation
15620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15630 \begin_layout Subsection
15632 \begin_inset Index idx
15635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15645 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15648 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15655 \begin_layout Standard
15656 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15657 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15658 LaTeX then adds the
15659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15662 appropriate amount of space
15663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15667 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15669 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15672 \begin_layout Standard
15673 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15674 not work in all cases.
15676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15687 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15688 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15691 \begin_layout Standard
15692 Here are some examples of
15696 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15699 \begin_layout Itemize
15704 \begin_layout Itemize
15709 \begin_layout Standard
15710 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15713 \begin_layout Itemize
15715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15719 this is too much space!
15722 \begin_layout Itemize
15727 \begin_layout Standard
15728 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15731 \begin_layout Standard
15732 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15735 \begin_layout Enumerate
15739 \begin_inset space ~
15744 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15745 \begin_inset space ~
15749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15751 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15756 \begin_inset Index idx
15759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15760 Spaces ! inter-word
15768 \begin_layout Enumerate
15772 \begin_inset space ~
15777 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15778 \begin_inset space ~
15782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15784 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15789 \begin_inset Index idx
15792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15801 \begin_layout Enumerate
15805 \begin_inset space ~
15809 \begin_inset space ~
15813 \begin_inset space ~
15820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15822 \begin_inset space ~
15827 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15828 This function is also bound to
15831 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15837 \begin_layout Standard
15838 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15841 \begin_layout Itemize
15843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15847 \begin_inset space \space{}
15850 this is too much space!
15853 \begin_layout Itemize
15854 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15858 \begin_layout Standard
15859 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15860 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15861 will take care of this.
15864 \begin_layout Standard
15865 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15869 \begin_inset space ~
15874 feature described in section
15880 Additional Features
15885 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15887 \begin_inset Index idx
15890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15891 Typography ! Quotes
15897 \begin_inset Index idx
15900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15931 \begin_layout Standard
15932 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15933 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15934 and use a closing quote at the end.
15936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15944 The keyboard character,
15948 , generates this automatically.
15951 \begin_layout Standard
15952 You can change the behavior of the
15956 key using the submenu
15962 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15966 \begin_inset Index idx
15969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15970 Document ! Settings
15978 \begin_layout Standard
15979 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15984 There are six choices:
15987 \begin_layout Labeling
15988 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16000 Use quotes like this
16001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16009 \begin_inset Quotes els
16013 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16019 \begin_layout Labeling
16020 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16023 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16027 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16033 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16037 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16041 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16047 \begin_layout Labeling
16048 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16051 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16055 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16061 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16065 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16069 \begin_inset Quotes gls
16073 \begin_inset Quotes grs
16079 \begin_layout Labeling
16080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16083 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16087 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16093 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16097 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16101 \begin_inset Quotes pls
16105 \begin_inset Quotes prs
16111 \begin_layout Labeling
16112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16115 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16119 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16125 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16129 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16133 \begin_inset Quotes fls
16137 \begin_inset Quotes frs
16143 \begin_layout Labeling
16144 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16147 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16151 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16157 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16161 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16165 \begin_inset Quotes als
16169 \begin_inset Quotes ars
16175 \begin_layout Standard
16176 These settings affect what character the
16183 \begin_layout Subsection
16185 \begin_inset Index idx
16188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16189 Typography ! Ligatures
16195 \begin_inset Index idx
16198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16229 name "sub:Ligatures"
16236 \begin_layout Standard
16237 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16238 print them as single characters.
16239 These groups are known as
16244 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16246 Here are the standard ligatures:
16249 \begin_layout Itemize
16253 \begin_layout Itemize
16257 \begin_layout Itemize
16261 \begin_layout Itemize
16265 \begin_layout Itemize
16269 \begin_layout Standard
16270 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16273 \begin_layout Standard
16274 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16275 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16283 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16299 To break a ligature, use
16301 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16302 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16304 \begin_inset space ~
16311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16322 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16339 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16347 \begin_layout Subsection
16349 \begin_inset Index idx
16352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16361 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16368 \begin_layout Standard
16369 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16370 characters in different sizes and heights.
16371 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16372 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16392 \begin_inset Note Note
16395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16396 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16404 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16405 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16410 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16414 \begin_layout Description
16415 LyX The name of the game, write
16416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16437 \begin_layout Description
16438 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16460 \begin_layout Description
16461 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16483 \begin_layout Description
16484 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16506 \begin_layout Standard
16507 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16512 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16520 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16521 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16522 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16525 : The actual version is
16526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16533 , the previous one was
16534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16544 \begin_layout Standard
16545 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16546 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16550 \begin_inset space \space{}
16553 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16555 This will look in LyX like:
16556 \begin_inset Graphics
16557 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16563 \begin_inset Newline newline
16566 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16567 \begin_inset space ~
16571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16573 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16580 \begin_layout Subsection
16582 \begin_inset Index idx
16585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16594 \begin_layout Standard
16595 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16596 space between two words.
16597 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16607 for units use the menu
16609 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16610 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16612 \begin_inset space ~
16620 arg "space-insert thin"
16626 \begin_layout Standard
16627 Here is an example to show the differences:
16630 \begin_layout Standard
16631 \begin_inset Tabular
16632 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16633 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16634 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16635 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16642 \begin_inset space ~
16646 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16658 space between number and unit
16665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16670 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16674 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16686 half space between number and unit
16699 \begin_layout Subsection
16701 \begin_inset Index idx
16704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16705 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16713 \begin_layout Standard
16714 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16716 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16717 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16718 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16719 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16720 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16721 These bits of text became known as
16732 \begin_layout Standard
16733 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16734 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16735 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16736 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16737 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16738 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16739 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16742 \begin_layout Standard
16743 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16744 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16745 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16746 \begin_inset space ~
16750 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16752 key "latexcompanion"
16757 \begin_inset space ~
16761 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16767 ) may have more information.
16768 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16771 \begin_layout Chapter
16772 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16775 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16782 \begin_layout Standard
16783 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16788 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16791 \begin_layout Section
16793 \begin_inset Index idx
16796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16812 \begin_layout Standard
16813 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16816 \begin_layout Description
16818 \begin_inset space ~
16821 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16822 \begin_inset Newline newline
16826 \begin_inset Note Note
16829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16830 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16838 \begin_layout Description
16839 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16840 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16842 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16843 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16844 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16847 \begin_inset Newline newline
16851 \begin_inset Note Comment
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16855 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16863 \begin_layout Description
16865 \begin_inset space ~
16868 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16869 \begin_inset Newline newline
16873 \begin_inset Newline newline
16877 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16886 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16887 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16888 How this can be done is explained in the
16897 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16903 \begin_inset Newline newline
16907 \begin_inset Newline newline
16910 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16911 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16914 \begin_layout Standard
16915 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16927 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16930 \begin_layout Section
16932 \begin_inset Index idx
16935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16944 name "sec:Footnotes"
16951 \begin_layout Standard
16952 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16958 or the toolbar button
16961 arg "footnote-insert"
16973 \begin_inset Graphics
16974 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16983 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17012 label, the box will
17016 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17017 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17030 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17046 \begin_layout Standard
17047 Here's an example footnote:
17055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17056 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17064 \begin_layout Standard
17065 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17066 position where the footnote box is placed.
17067 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17068 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
17069 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
17070 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
17071 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
17076 ey are described in the
17083 \begin_layout Section
17085 \begin_inset Index idx
17088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17097 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17104 \begin_layout Standard
17105 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17106 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17108 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17110 \begin_inset space ~
17115 or the toolbar button
17118 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17144 appearing within your text.
17145 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17154 \begin_layout Standard
17155 At the side is an example marginal note.
17159 \begin_inset Marginal
17162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17163 This is a marginal note.
17171 \begin_layout Standard
17172 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17173 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17174 pages, right on odd pages.
17177 \begin_layout Section
17178 Graphics and Images
17179 \begin_inset Index idx
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 \begin_inset Index idx
17192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17201 name "sec:Graphics"
17208 \begin_layout Standard
17209 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17210 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17213 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17218 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17222 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17225 \begin_layout Standard
17226 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17231 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17232 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17234 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17235 \begin_inset space ~
17239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17241 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17248 \begin_layout Standard
17253 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17254 of the image in the output.
17255 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17259 \begin_inset space ~
17263 \begin_inset space ~
17272 \begin_inset space ~
17276 \begin_inset space ~
17280 \begin_inset space ~
17285 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17286 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17294 \begin_layout Standard
17297 LaTeX and LyX options
17299 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17300 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17304 \begin_inset space ~
17309 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17310 with the image size is printed.
17314 \begin_inset space ~
17318 \begin_inset space ~
17322 \begin_inset space ~
17327 is explained in the
17338 \begin_layout Standard
17339 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17340 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17342 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17346 \begin_layout Standard
17348 \begin_inset Graphics
17349 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17357 \begin_layout Standard
17358 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17359 the image into a float, see section
17360 \begin_inset space ~
17364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17366 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
17373 \begin_layout Subsection
17375 \begin_inset Index idx
17378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17387 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17394 \begin_layout Standard
17395 You can insert images in any known file format.
17396 But as we explained in section
17397 \begin_inset space ~
17401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17403 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17407 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17408 LyX uses therefore the program
17412 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17413 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17414 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17415 \begin_inset space ~
17419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17421 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17428 \begin_layout Standard
17429 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17432 \begin_layout Description
17434 \begin_inset space ~
17437 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17438 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17439 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17443 Graphics Interchange Format
17444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17447 (GIF, file extension
17448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17460 \begin_inset Index idx
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17495 Portable Network Graphics
17496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17499 (PNG, file extension
17500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17512 \begin_inset Index idx
17515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17547 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17551 (JPG, file extension
17552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17576 \begin_inset Index idx
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17610 \begin_layout Description
17612 \begin_inset space ~
17615 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17617 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17618 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17619 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17620 \begin_inset Newline newline
17623 Scalable image formats can be
17624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17627 Scalable Vector Graphics
17628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17631 (SVG, file extension
17632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17644 \begin_inset Index idx
17647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17679 Encapsulated PostScript
17680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17683 (EPS, file extension
17684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17696 \begin_inset Index idx
17699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17731 Portable Document Format
17732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17735 (PDF, file extension
17736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17748 \begin_inset Index idx
17751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17758 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17759 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17760 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17766 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17774 \begin_layout Standard
17775 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17779 \begin_layout Subsection
17780 Grouping of Image Settings
17781 \begin_inset Index idx
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17785 Images ! Settings grouping
17793 \begin_layout Standard
17794 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17796 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17797 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17799 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17800 need to manually change each of them.
17804 \begin_layout Standard
17805 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17808 \begin_inset space ~
17813 field in the Graphics dialog.
17814 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17815 by checking the name of the desired group.
17818 \begin_layout Section
17820 \begin_inset Index idx
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17830 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17839 \begin_layout Standard
17840 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17843 arg "tabular-insert"
17848 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17852 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17853 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17854 from the rest of the table.
17855 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17856 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17858 Here's an example table:
17861 \begin_layout Standard
17863 \begin_inset Tabular
17864 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17865 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17869 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18069 \begin_layout Subsection
18073 \begin_layout Standard
18074 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18075 brings up the table dialog.
18076 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18077 where the cursor is placed currently.
18078 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18079 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18080 done on all of your selection.
18083 \begin_layout Standard
18084 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18087 \begin_inset space ~
18092 helps you in setting table properties.
18093 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18096 \begin_layout Standard
18100 \begin_inset space ~
18105 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18106 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18107 current cell respectively.
18108 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18110 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18111 of text, see section
18112 \begin_inset space ~
18116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18118 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18125 \begin_layout Standard
18126 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18127 using the check box
18136 This will merge the cells to
18140 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18141 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18142 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18143 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18144 in the last row without the upper border:
18147 \begin_layout Standard
18149 \begin_inset Tabular
18150 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18151 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18153 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18154 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18166 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18251 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18286 \begin_layout Standard
18287 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18288 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18289 explained in the tables section of the
18292 \begin_inset space ~
18298 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18299 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18302 degrees counterclockwise.
18303 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18306 \begin_layout Standard
18307 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18315 Most DVI-viewers are
18319 able to display rotations.
18327 \begin_layout Standard
18332 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18337 adds lines for all cell borders.
18340 \begin_layout Subsection
18342 \begin_inset Index idx
18345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 Tables ! Longtables
18352 \begin_inset Index idx
18355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18364 \begin_layout Standard
18365 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18368 \begin_inset space ~
18372 \begin_inset space ~
18381 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18382 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18385 \begin_layout Description
18390 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18391 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18392 except for the first page, if
18395 \begin_inset space ~
18403 \begin_layout Description
18407 \begin_inset space ~
18412 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18413 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18416 \begin_layout Description
18421 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18422 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18423 except for the last page, if
18426 \begin_inset space ~
18434 \begin_layout Description
18438 \begin_inset space ~
18443 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18444 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18447 \begin_layout Description
18448 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18449 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18451 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18455 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18458 \begin_inset space ~
18466 \begin_layout Standard
18467 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18468 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18469 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18470 The others will then be defined as
18475 In this context, first means first in this order:
18478 \begin_inset space ~
18490 \begin_inset space ~
18496 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18499 \begin_layout Standard
18501 \begin_inset Tabular
18502 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18503 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18504 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18505 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18506 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18507 <row endfirsthead="true">
18508 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18514 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18519 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18528 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18538 <row endfirsthead="true">
18539 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18550 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18559 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18571 <row endhead="true">
18572 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18592 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18602 <row endhead="true">
18603 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18623 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <row endfoot="true">
18636 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19628 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19637 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19646 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19657 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19688 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19719 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19750 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19781 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19812 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19843 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19874 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19905 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19936 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19967 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19998 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20029 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20060 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20091 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20122 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20153 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20184 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20215 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20246 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20277 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20308 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20339 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20370 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20401 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20432 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20463 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20494 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20525 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20556 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20587 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20617 <row endlastfoot="true">
20618 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20629 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20638 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20655 \begin_layout Subsection
20657 \begin_inset Index idx
20660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20667 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20669 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20676 \begin_layout Standard
20677 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20678 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20679 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20680 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20684 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20685 for the cell's paragraph.
20688 \begin_layout Standard
20689 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20690 for the column in the table dialog.
20691 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20692 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20696 \begin_layout Standard
20698 \begin_inset Tabular
20699 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20700 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20701 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20702 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20723 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20792 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20848 This is longer now.
20853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20904 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20905 This is longer now.
20910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20936 \begin_layout Standard
20937 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20938 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20943 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20944 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20950 Selection with the mouse or with
20954 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20955 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20956 the selection from outside the table.
20959 \begin_layout Section
20961 \begin_inset Index idx
20964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20980 \begin_layout Standard
20981 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20982 have a fixed location.
20984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20991 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20999 \begin_inset space ~
21004 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21005 too many notes on the page.
21008 \begin_layout Standard
21009 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21010 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21011 and pages without text.
21012 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21013 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21014 Floats are therefore numbered.
21015 Referencing is described in section
21016 \begin_inset space ~
21020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21022 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21029 \begin_layout Standard
21030 To insert a float, use the menu
21032 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21036 A box with a caption that has e.
21037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21041 \begin_inset space \space{}
21045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21049 \begin_inset space ~
21053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21056 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
21057 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21059 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21060 \begin_inset Index idx
21063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21069 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21070 paragraph within the float.
21071 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21072 by left-clicking on the box label.
21073 A closed float box looks like this:
21074 \begin_inset Graphics
21075 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21080 – a gray button with a red label.
21083 \begin_layout Standard
21084 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21085 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21088 \begin_layout Subsection
21092 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21094 \begin_inset Index idx
21097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21098 Floats ! Figure floats
21104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21106 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
21113 \begin_layout Standard
21116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21117 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21120 inserts a float with the label
21121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21127 \begin_inset space ~
21133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21137 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
21138 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
21139 This is what we did for Figure
21140 \begin_inset space ~
21144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21146 reference "cap:Platypus"
21151 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
21152 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
21153 This was done in Figure
21154 \begin_inset space ~
21158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21160 reference "cap:Escher"
21167 \begin_layout Standard
21168 \begin_inset Float figure
21173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21175 \begin_inset Graphics
21176 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21185 \begin_inset Caption
21187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21190 name "cap:Platypus"
21194 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21207 \begin_layout Standard
21208 \begin_inset Float figure
21213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21214 \begin_inset Caption
21216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21234 \begin_inset Graphics
21235 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21248 \begin_layout Standard
21249 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21251 As described in section
21252 \begin_inset space ~
21256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21258 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21262 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21264 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21267 and refer to it using the menu
21269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21273 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21282 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21294 \begin_layout Standard
21295 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21296 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21297 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21298 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
21300 \begin_inset space ~
21304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21306 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21310 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21311 You can also set the images one below the other.
21313 \begin_inset space ~
21317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21319 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21326 reference "fig:Platypus"
21330 are the subfigures.
21333 \begin_layout Standard
21334 \begin_inset Float figure
21339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21340 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21344 \begin_inset Float figure
21349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21350 \begin_inset Caption
21352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21355 name "fig:Undefinable"
21367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21368 \begin_inset Graphics
21369 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21380 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21384 \begin_inset Float figure
21389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21390 \begin_inset Caption
21392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21395 name "fig:Platypus"
21407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21408 \begin_inset Graphics
21409 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21421 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21428 \begin_inset Caption
21430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21433 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21437 Two distorted images.
21450 \begin_layout Standard
21451 Note that the caption is added to the
21454 \begin_inset space ~
21458 \begin_inset space ~
21463 as described in section
21464 \begin_inset space ~
21468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21470 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21477 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21479 \begin_inset Index idx
21482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21483 Floats ! Table floats
21491 \begin_layout Standard
21492 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21494 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21495 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21499 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21502 \begin_inset space ~
21506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21508 reference "cap:Table-float"
21512 is an example of a table float.
21515 \begin_layout Standard
21516 \begin_inset Float table
21521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21522 \begin_inset Caption
21524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21527 name "cap:Table-float"
21539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21541 \begin_inset Tabular
21542 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21543 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21546 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21673 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21694 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21697 \end{array}\right]$
21705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21718 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21739 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21741 \begin_inset Index idx
21744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21745 Floats ! Algorithm floats
21753 \begin_layout Standard
21754 This float type is inserted with the menu
21756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21757 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21761 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
21762 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21766 , described in section
21767 \begin_inset space ~
21771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21773 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21780 \begin_layout Standard
21781 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21789 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21795 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21798 \begin_layout Standard
21803 floatname{algorithm}{your
21804 \begin_inset space ~
21810 \begin_layout Standard
21811 to the document preamble (menu
21813 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21820 \begin_inset space ~
21826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21840 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21842 \begin_inset Index idx
21845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21846 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21854 \begin_layout Standard
21855 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21863 \begin_inset Graphics
21864 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21873 \begin_inset Caption
21875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21876 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21878 name "fig:Wrapped-figure"
21882 This is a wrapped figure.
21883 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21896 This float type is used if you want to
21897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21904 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21906 It can be inserted using the menu
21908 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21909 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21911 \begin_inset space ~
21916 if the LaTeX-package
21921 \begin_inset Index idx
21924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21925 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21935 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21938 \begin_inset space ~
21948 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21951 \begin_inset space ~
21955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21957 reference "fig:Wrapped-figure"
21961 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21962 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21970 Available units are explained in Appendix
21971 \begin_inset space ~
21975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21977 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21986 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21990 \begin_layout Standard
21991 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21999 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
22000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22004 \begin_inset space \space{}
22007 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
22008 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
22017 \begin_layout Itemize
22018 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
22019 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
22020 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
22021 page breaks will appear.
22024 \begin_layout Itemize
22025 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
22026 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
22029 \begin_layout Itemize
22030 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
22031 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
22034 \begin_layout Itemize
22035 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
22038 \begin_layout Subsection
22040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22042 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
22047 \begin_inset Index idx
22050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22059 \begin_layout Standard
22060 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
22061 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
22065 \begin_inset space ~
22073 \begin_layout Standard
22074 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
22075 have a multicolumn document).
22076 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
22079 \begin_inset space ~
22085 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
22086 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
22093 \begin_layout Standard
22094 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
22095 format is also the same: Table
22096 \begin_inset space ~
22100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22102 reference "tab:Rotated-table"
22106 is an example of a rotated table float.
22109 \begin_layout Standard
22110 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22118 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
22126 \begin_layout Standard
22127 \begin_inset Float table
22132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22133 \begin_inset Caption
22135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22138 name "tab:Rotated-table"
22150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22152 \begin_inset Tabular
22153 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
22154 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22156 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22157 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22158 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22159 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22219 \begin_layout Subsection
22221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22223 name "sub:Float-Placement"
22228 \begin_inset Index idx
22231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22240 \begin_layout Standard
22241 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
22242 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
22243 \begin_inset Newline newline
22249 \begin_inset space ~
22254 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
22255 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
22256 \begin_inset Newline newline
22262 \begin_inset space ~
22267 is used to rotate floats, see section
22268 \begin_inset space ~
22272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22274 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
22281 \begin_layout Standard
22282 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
22283 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
22286 \begin_inset space ~
22290 \begin_inset space ~
22298 \begin_layout Description
22300 \begin_inset space ~
22304 \begin_inset space ~
22307 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
22310 \begin_layout Description
22312 \begin_inset space ~
22316 \begin_inset space ~
22319 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
22322 \begin_layout Description
22324 \begin_inset space ~
22328 \begin_inset space ~
22331 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
22334 \begin_layout Description
22336 \begin_inset space ~
22340 \begin_inset space ~
22343 floats: try to place the float at an own page
22346 \begin_layout Standard
22347 The order of the above option is
22352 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
22356 \begin_inset space ~
22360 \begin_inset space ~
22368 \begin_inset space ~
22372 \begin_inset space ~
22377 , and then the others.
22378 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
22380 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
22381 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
22384 \begin_layout Standard
22385 By default, each option has its own rules:
22388 \begin_layout Labeling
22389 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
22393 \begin_inset space ~
22397 \begin_inset space ~
22402 only floats occupying less than 70
22403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22406 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page.
22416 \begin_layout Labeling
22417 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
22421 \begin_inset space ~
22425 \begin_inset space ~
22430 : only floats occupying less than 30
22431 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22434 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
22444 \begin_layout Labeling
22445 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
22449 \begin_inset space ~
22453 \begin_inset space ~
22458 : only if more than 50
22459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22462 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
22473 \begin_layout Standard
22474 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
22478 \begin_inset space ~
22482 \begin_inset space ~
22488 \begin_inset Newline newline
22491 You can also redefine the rules with LaTeX-commands that are given in parenthese
22492 s after the rules description above.
22493 To increase for example the often too small default of the bottom-rule
22495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22498 % of the page, add this line to your document preamble:
22501 \begin_layout Standard
22508 bottomfraction}{0.5}
22511 \begin_layout Standard
22512 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
22513 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
22514 For this case you can use the option
22517 \begin_inset space ~
22523 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
22525 Because the float is then no longer able to
22526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22533 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
22536 \begin_layout Standard
22537 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
22538 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
22541 \begin_layout Standard
22542 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
22544 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
22546 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22553 \begin_layout Section
22555 \begin_inset Index idx
22558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22565 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22567 name "sec:Minipages"
22574 \begin_layout Standard
22575 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
22577 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
22578 \begin_inset space ~
22585 \begin_layout Standard
22586 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
22588 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22592 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
22593 and its alignment within the page.
22596 \begin_layout Standard
22598 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22608 height_special "totalheight"
22611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22614 This is a minipage.
22615 The text is set in an italic style.
22618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22621 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
22622 another formatting.
22630 \begin_layout Standard
22631 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22634 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
22638 as described in section
22639 \begin_inset space ~
22643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22645 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
22650 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22656 \begin_layout Standard
22657 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22667 height_special "totalheight"
22670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22671 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22672 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22678 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22682 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22692 height_special "totalheight"
22695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22696 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22697 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22705 \begin_layout Standard
22706 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22712 \begin_layout Standard
22713 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22714 to other box types.
22715 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22726 \begin_layout Chapter
22727 Mathematical Formulas
22728 \begin_inset Index idx
22731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22738 \begin_inset Index idx
22741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22772 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22779 \begin_layout Standard
22780 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22785 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22788 \begin_layout Section
22790 \begin_inset Index idx
22793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22802 \begin_layout Standard
22803 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22810 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22812 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22813 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22814 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22816 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22822 \begin_layout Standard
22823 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22827 \begin_inset space ~
22832 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22835 \begin_layout Standard
22836 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22837 line, like this one:
22840 \begin_layout Standard
22841 This is a line with an inline formula
22842 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22848 \begin_layout Standard
22849 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22851 \begin_inset Formula
22858 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22861 \begin_layout Standard
22862 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22864 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22868 \begin_inset space \space{}
22872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22885 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22886 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22890 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22893 \begin_inset space ~
22901 \begin_layout Subsection
22902 Navigating in Formulas
22903 \begin_inset Index idx
22906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22915 \begin_layout Standard
22916 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22917 achieved with the arrow keys.
22918 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22919 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22924 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22925 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22929 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22933 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22936 \end{array}\right]$
22944 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22949 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22950 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22953 \begin_layout Standard
22958 , printed in this document as
22959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22980 \begin_inset Note Note
22983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22984 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22985 space character (visible space).
22990 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22991 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22992 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22997 For example, if you want
22998 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
23009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23052 , since in the latter case only the
23055 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
23060 will be under the square root sign:
23061 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
23067 \begin_layout Standard
23068 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
23070 \begin_inset Formula
23072 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23081 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
23082 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
23085 \begin_layout Subsection
23089 \begin_layout Standard
23090 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
23091 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
23095 and a cursor movement key to select text.
23096 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
23097 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
23098 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
23099 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
23102 \begin_layout Subsection
23103 Exponents and Subscripts
23104 \begin_inset Index idx
23107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23114 \begin_inset Index idx
23117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23126 \begin_layout Standard
23127 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
23128 way is to use a command.
23130 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
23133 , type in a formula
23139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23155 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
23161 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
23165 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
23174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23186 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
23188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23195 , you have to use an extra
23199 to separate the hat and the character.
23201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23205 \begin_inset space \space{}
23209 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
23218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23230 Subscripts are similar: To get
23231 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
23240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23254 \begin_layout Subsection
23256 \begin_inset Index idx
23259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23268 \begin_layout Standard
23269 Create a fraction with either the command
23276 \begin_inset Graphics
23277 filename ../images/math/frac.png
23285 \begin_inset space ~
23291 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
23292 The cursor is above the fraction line.
23293 To move it to the bottom, simply press
23298 To move back up, press
23303 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
23304 \begin_inset Formula
23306 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
23309 \end{array}\right)}\right]
23317 \begin_layout Subsection
23319 \begin_inset Index idx
23322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23331 \begin_layout Standard
23332 Roots can be created using the
23335 \begin_inset space ~
23341 \begin_inset Graphics
23342 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
23344 groupId toolbarbuttons
23367 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
23373 produces always a square root.
23376 \begin_layout Subsection
23377 Operators with Limits
23378 \begin_inset Index idx
23381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23388 \begin_inset Index idx
23391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23400 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23407 \begin_layout Standard
23409 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
23413 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
23416 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
23417 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
23418 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
23419 The sum operator will automatically place its
23420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23427 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
23430 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
23434 \begin_inset Formula
23436 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
23441 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
23445 \begin_layout Standard
23446 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
23448 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
23449 behind the operator and hitting
23457 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23458 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23460 \begin_inset space ~
23464 \begin_inset space ~
23472 \begin_layout Standard
23473 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
23474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23481 feature as addition, such as
23482 \begin_inset Index idx
23485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23492 \begin_inset Formula
23494 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
23499 which will place the
23500 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
23504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23512 In inline formulas it looks like this:
23513 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
23519 \begin_layout Standard
23520 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
23527 Have a look at section
23528 \begin_inset space ~
23532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23534 reference "sub:Functions"
23538 for an explanation of function macros.
23541 \begin_layout Subsection
23543 \begin_inset Index idx
23546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23555 \begin_layout Standard
23556 Most math symbols can be found in the
23559 \begin_inset space ~
23564 under one of several categories; including
23581 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
23585 \begin_layout Standard
23586 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
23587 you don't have to use the
23590 \begin_inset space ~
23595 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
23596 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
23599 \begin_layout Subsection
23601 \begin_inset Index idx
23604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23613 \begin_layout Standard
23614 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
23619 arg "space-insert protected"
23625 \begin_inset space ~
23631 \begin_inset Graphics
23632 filename ../images/math/space.png
23634 groupId toolbarbuttons
23639 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
23640 For example, the sequence
23645 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
23649 \begin_inset Graphics
23650 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
23655 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
23656 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23657 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23658 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
23660 Here are two examples:
23663 \begin_layout Standard
23673 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23679 \begin_layout Standard
23689 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23695 \begin_layout Subsection
23697 \begin_inset Index idx
23700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23707 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23709 name "sub:Functions"
23716 \begin_layout Standard
23720 \begin_inset space ~
23725 contains under the button
23726 \begin_inset Graphics
23727 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23729 groupId toolbarbuttons
23733 a number of function macros, such as
23734 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23738 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23746 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23753 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23754 avoid confusions, because
23755 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23759 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23765 \begin_layout Standard
23766 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23768 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23772 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23778 \begin_layout Standard
23779 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23780 s are placed, as described in section
23781 \begin_inset space ~
23785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23787 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23794 \begin_layout Subsection
23796 \begin_inset Index idx
23799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23808 \begin_layout Standard
23809 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23811 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23812 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23813 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23817 \begin_inset space \space{}
23821 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23824 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23825 Our example is entered by typing
23833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23846 \begin_inset space ~
23850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23852 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23856 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23859 \begin_layout Standard
23860 \begin_inset Float table
23865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23866 \begin_inset Caption
23868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23871 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23875 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23885 \begin_inset Tabular
23886 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23887 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23888 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23889 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23890 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23974 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24028 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
24038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24082 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
24092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24136 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
24146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24190 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
24200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24244 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
24254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24298 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
24308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24352 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
24362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24406 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
24416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24451 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
24472 \begin_layout Standard
24473 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
24476 \begin_inset space ~
24482 \begin_inset Graphics
24483 filename ../images/math/hat.png
24485 groupId toolbarbuttons
24489 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
24493 \begin_layout Section
24494 Brackets and Delimiters
24495 \begin_inset Index idx
24498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24505 \begin_inset Index idx
24508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24517 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24524 \begin_layout Standard
24525 There are several brackets available through LyX.
24526 For most purposes, using just the keys
24531 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
24532 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
24533 toolbar delimiter icon
24536 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
24540 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
24542 \begin_inset Formula
24544 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
24552 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
24553 \begin_inset Formula
24555 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
24563 \begin_layout Standard
24564 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
24565 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
24568 \begin_layout Standard
24569 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
24570 left side and right side.
24571 If you use the option
24574 \begin_inset space ~
24579 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
24580 The selection will be shown below the button field.
24581 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
24582 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
24585 \begin_layout Standard
24586 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
24587 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
24588 inside the brackets.
24589 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
24594 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
24597 \begin_layout Section
24598 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
24599 \begin_inset Index idx
24602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24609 \begin_inset Index idx
24612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24619 \begin_inset Index idx
24622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24623 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24631 \begin_layout Standard
24632 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
24635 \begin_inset space ~
24641 \begin_inset Graphics
24642 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
24644 groupId toolbarbuttons
24649 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24650 Here is an example:
24651 \begin_inset Formula
24653 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24662 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24663 \begin_inset space ~
24667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24669 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24674 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24675 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24676 This alignment is set in the box
24681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24729 for every column as default.
24730 For example, the sequence
24731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24742 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24743 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24744 corresponds to the relevant column.
24745 The result will look like this:
24746 \begin_inset Formula
24749 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24750 column & has & has\, right\\
24751 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24760 \begin_layout Standard
24761 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24764 arg "newline-insert newline"
24767 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24768 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24770 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24773 or the math toolbar.
24776 \begin_layout Standard
24777 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24778 It can be created with the menu
24780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24781 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24783 \begin_inset space ~
24795 Here is an example:
24796 \begin_inset Formula
24810 \begin_layout Standard
24811 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24814 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24817 arg "newline-insert newline"
24821 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24826 arg "newline-insert newline"
24829 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24837 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24838 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24839 A new row is created by every further hit of
24842 arg "newline-insert newline"
24846 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24847 Here is an example:
24848 \begin_inset Formula
24850 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24851 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24856 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24857 where you want to start the shift and hit
24862 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24863 position to the next column.
24864 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24865 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24866 \begin_inset Formula
24868 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24876 \begin_layout Standard
24877 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24884 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24885 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24888 reference "eq:asquared"
24893 The other types are described in section
24894 \begin_inset space ~
24898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24900 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24907 \begin_layout Section
24908 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24909 \begin_inset Index idx
24912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24913 Math ! Formula numbering
24919 \begin_inset Index idx
24922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24923 Math ! Referencing formulas
24929 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24931 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24938 \begin_layout Standard
24939 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24941 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24942 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24944 \begin_inset space ~
24952 arg "math-number-toggle"
24956 The formula number appears in LyX as
24957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24964 within parentheses.
24966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24973 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24975 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24976 the document class.
24977 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24978 separated by a dot:
24979 \begin_inset Formula
24989 arg "math-number-toggle"
24992 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24993 You can only number displayed formulas.
24996 \begin_layout Standard
24997 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24999 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25000 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25002 \begin_inset space ~
25006 \begin_inset space ~
25010 \begin_inset space ~
25018 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
25021 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
25022 \begin_inset Formula
25025 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
25031 To number all lines use the shortcut
25034 arg "math-number-toggle"
25040 \begin_layout Standard
25041 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25044 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
25045 A label is inserted with the menu
25047 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25050 when the cursor is in the formula.
25051 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
25052 It is recommended to use the proposed
25053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25064 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
25065 type when you have many labels in your document.
25066 We inserted in the following example the label
25067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25074 in the second line:
25075 \begin_inset Formula
25077 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
25078 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
25083 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
25084 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
25086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25094 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
25096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25098 \begin_inset space ~
25104 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
25105 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
25106 as the formula number:
25109 \begin_layout Standard
25110 This is a cross-reference to equation (
25111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25113 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25120 \begin_layout Standard
25121 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
25122 \begin_inset space ~
25126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25128 reference "sec:Cross-References"
25133 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
25136 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25139 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
25143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25144 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
25152 \begin_layout Section
25153 User defined math macros
25154 \begin_inset Index idx
25157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25166 \begin_layout Standard
25167 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
25168 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
25169 Math macros are explained in section
25172 \begin_inset space ~
25184 \begin_layout Section
25188 \begin_layout Subsection
25190 \begin_inset Index idx
25193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25202 \begin_layout Standard
25203 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
25204 To set a font in a formula, use the
25207 \begin_inset space ~
25213 \begin_inset Graphics
25214 filename ../images/math/font.png
25216 groupId toolbarbuttons
25220 , or enter its command, listed in table
25221 \begin_inset space ~
25225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25227 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
25234 \begin_layout Standard
25235 \begin_inset Float table
25240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25241 \begin_inset Caption
25243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25246 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
25250 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
25258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25260 \begin_inset Tabular
25261 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
25262 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
25263 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
25264 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
25266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25296 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
25304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25323 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
25331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25350 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
25358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25383 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
25391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25410 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
25418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25437 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
25445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25471 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
25479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25498 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
25506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25532 \begin_layout Standard
25533 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25541 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
25557 \begin_layout Standard
25558 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
25559 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
25564 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
25565 space when you need a space in the box.
25566 Here an example where
25567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25578 denotes the set of numbers:
25579 \begin_inset Formula
25581 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
25589 \begin_layout Standard
25590 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
25592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25596 \begin_inset space \space{}
25608 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
25612 \begin_inset Newline newline
25615 So it is better not to use this feature.
25618 \begin_layout Standard
25619 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
25620 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
25624 \begin_inset Newline newline
25627 You can only print them emboldened using the command
25633 , which works like the other typeface commands:
25634 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
25640 \begin_layout Standard
25647 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25650 \begin_layout Standard
25651 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25653 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25654 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25656 \begin_inset space ~
25664 \begin_layout Subsection
25666 \begin_inset Index idx
25669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25678 \begin_layout Standard
25679 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25681 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25685 \begin_inset space ~
25689 \begin_inset space ~
25697 \begin_inset space ~
25703 \begin_inset Graphics
25704 filename ../images/math/font.png
25706 groupId toolbarbuttons
25717 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25718 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25719 Here is an example:
25720 \begin_inset Formula
25723 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25724 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25733 \begin_layout Subsection
25735 \begin_inset Index idx
25738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25747 \begin_layout Standard
25748 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25749 automatically chosen in most situations.
25767 For most characters,
25775 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25776 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25781 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25782 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25784 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25785 \begin_inset Graphics
25786 filename ../images/math/style.png
25788 groupId toolbarbuttons
25793 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25794 For example, you can set
25795 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25798 , which is normally in
25807 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25811 The four styles are used in the following example:
25814 \begin_layout Standard
25815 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25819 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25823 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25827 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25833 \begin_layout Standard
25834 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25835 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25837 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25839 \begin_inset space ~
25844 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25845 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25846 will be adjusted to correspond.
25847 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25858 \begin_layout Standard
25862 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25868 \begin_layout Section
25872 \begin_layout Standard
25873 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25874 the document classes and into layout modules.
25875 \begin_inset Index idx
25878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25884 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25885 other than the AMS classes.
25887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25889 reference "sub:Modules"
25893 for more on layout modules.
25896 \begin_layout Section
25898 \begin_inset Index idx
25901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25908 \begin_inset Index idx
25911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25920 \begin_layout Standard
25921 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25922 (AMS) that are in common use.
25925 \begin_layout Subsection
25926 Enabling AMS-Support
25929 \begin_layout Standard
25930 Selecting the checkbox
25933 \begin_inset space ~
25937 \begin_inset space ~
25941 \begin_inset space ~
25948 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25952 \begin_inset Index idx
25955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25956 Document ! Settings
25964 \begin_inset space ~
25969 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25971 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25972 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25975 \begin_layout Subsection
25977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25979 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25984 \begin_inset Index idx
25987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25988 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25996 \begin_layout Standard
25997 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25998 LyX allows you to choose between
26019 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
26022 \begin_layout Chapter
26026 \begin_layout Section
26028 \begin_inset Index idx
26031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26040 name "sec:Cross-References"
26047 \begin_layout Standard
26048 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
26049 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
26051 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
26052 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
26053 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
26056 \begin_layout Enumerate
26060 \begin_layout Enumerate
26061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26063 name "enu:Second-item"
26070 \begin_layout Enumerate
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26075 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
26077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26080 or by pressing the toolbar button
26087 A grey label box like this:
26088 \begin_inset Graphics
26089 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
26094 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
26095 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
26097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26130 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
26131 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26135 \begin_inset space \space{}
26138 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
26139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26154 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
26156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26159 or the toolbar button
26162 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
26166 A grey cross-reference box like this:
26167 \begin_inset Graphics
26168 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
26173 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
26175 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
26176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26188 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
26192 \begin_layout Standard
26195 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26198 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
26203 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
26204 to the actual cursor position via the menu
26206 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26212 \begin_layout Standard
26213 Here is our cross-reference: Item
26214 \begin_inset space ~
26218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26220 reference "enu:Second-item"
26227 \begin_layout Standard
26228 It is recommended to use a protected space
26232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26233 described in section
26234 \begin_inset space ~
26238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26240 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
26249 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
26253 \begin_layout Standard
26254 There are six varieties of cross-references:
26257 \begin_layout Description
26258 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
26259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26261 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26268 \begin_layout Description
26269 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
26270 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
26272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26282 reference "eq:tanhExp"
26289 \begin_layout Description
26290 <page>: prints the page number: Page
26291 \begin_inset space ~
26295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26296 LatexCommand pageref
26297 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26304 \begin_layout Description
26306 \begin_inset space ~
26310 \begin_inset space ~
26313 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
26314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26315 LatexCommand vpageref
26316 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26323 \begin_layout Description
26325 \begin_inset space ~
26329 \begin_inset space ~
26333 \begin_inset space ~
26336 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
26337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26339 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26346 \begin_layout Description
26348 \begin_inset space ~
26351 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
26352 \begin_inset Newline newline
26356 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26364 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
26373 \begin_inset Index idx
26376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26377 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
26383 \begin_inset Index idx
26386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26387 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
26400 \begin_layout Description
26402 \begin_inset space ~
26405 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
26406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26407 LatexCommand nameref
26408 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26415 \begin_layout Standard
26420 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
26423 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26427 \begin_inset space \space{}
26431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26445 <reference> on page <page>
26447 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
26450 \begin_layout Standard
26451 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
26452 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
26453 The varieties are adjusted in the field
26457 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
26461 \begin_layout Standard
26462 You can only use the style
26466 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
26470 is always possible.
26473 \begin_layout Standard
26474 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
26475 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
26477 Referencing formulas is explained in section
26478 \begin_inset space ~
26482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26484 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
26491 \begin_layout Standard
26492 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
26496 \begin_inset space ~
26500 \begin_inset space ~
26505 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
26506 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
26509 \begin_inset space ~
26514 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
26515 You can also go back with the toolbar button
26518 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
26524 \begin_layout Standard
26525 You can change labels at any time.
26526 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
26527 do not need to take care about this.
26530 \begin_layout Standard
26531 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
26532 marks in the output instead of the reference.
26535 \begin_layout Standard
26536 References are described in detail in sec.
26537 \begin_inset space ~
26541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26555 \begin_layout Section
26556 Table of Contents and other Listings
26557 \begin_inset Index idx
26560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26567 \begin_inset Index idx
26570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26586 \begin_layout Subsection
26588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26590 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26597 \begin_layout Standard
26598 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26600 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26601 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26603 \begin_inset space ~
26607 \begin_inset space ~
26613 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26614 If you click on it, the
26618 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26619 sections in your documents.
26620 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26622 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26625 that is described in sec.
26626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26632 reference "sec:Navigating"
26639 \begin_layout Standard
26640 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26641 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26643 \begin_inset space ~
26647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26649 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26653 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26655 \begin_inset space ~
26659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26661 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26665 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26667 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26670 \begin_layout Subsection
26671 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26674 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26681 \begin_layout Standard
26682 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26683 You can insert them via the
26685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26687 \begin_inset space ~
26691 \begin_inset space ~
26697 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26700 \begin_layout Section
26701 URLs and Hyperlinks
26702 \begin_inset Index idx
26705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26712 \begin_inset Index idx
26715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26724 \begin_layout Subsection
26726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26735 \begin_layout Standard
26736 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26738 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26744 \begin_layout Standard
26745 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26746 \begin_inset Flex URL
26749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26759 \begin_layout Standard
26760 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26766 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26770 \begin_layout Standard
26771 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26779 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26787 \begin_layout Subsection
26789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26791 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26798 \begin_layout Standard
26799 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26801 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26804 or with the toolbar button
26811 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26820 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26821 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26822 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26824 name "LyX's homepage"
26825 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26829 , an Email address like this:
26830 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26832 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26833 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26838 , or a link to a file.
26841 \begin_layout Standard
26842 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26855 to the link target.
26858 \begin_layout Standard
26859 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26860 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26861 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26862 the text style dialog.
26863 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26867 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26869 name "LyX's homepage"
26870 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26877 \begin_layout Standard
26878 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26882 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26884 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26885 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26889 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26891 \begin_inset Newline newline
26899 \begin_inset Newline newline
26906 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26909 \begin_layout Section
26911 \begin_inset Index idx
26914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26921 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26923 name "sec:Appendices"
26930 \begin_layout Standard
26931 Appendices are created with the menu
26933 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26935 \begin_inset space ~
26939 \begin_inset space ~
26945 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26946 as the appendix region.
26947 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26950 \begin_layout Standard
26951 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26952 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26953 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26954 and the subsection number.
26955 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26959 \begin_layout Standard
26961 \begin_inset space ~
26965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26967 reference "cha:Credits"
26972 \begin_inset space ~
26976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26978 reference "sub:Export"
26985 \begin_layout Section
26987 \begin_inset Index idx
26990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26999 name "sec:Bibliography"
27006 \begin_layout Standard
27007 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
27008 You can include a bibliography database,
27012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27013 Known under the name
27014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27026 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
27027 manually, using the paragraph environment
27031 , which was described in section
27032 \begin_inset space ~
27036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27038 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
27043 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
27044 document, like author-year citations, then you must
27048 use a bibliography database.
27051 \begin_layout Subsection
27052 The Bibliography Environment
27055 \begin_layout Standard
27060 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
27062 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
27071 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
27073 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
27075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27082 , a short form of its title, as key.
27085 \begin_layout Standard
27086 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
27088 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27091 or the toolbar button
27094 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
27098 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
27099 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
27100 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
27101 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
27105 \begin_layout Standard
27106 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
27107 entry with surrounding brackets.
27112 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
27113 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
27115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27125 \begin_layout Standard
27128 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
27131 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27133 key "latexcompanion"
27140 \begin_layout Standard
27141 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
27142 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27151 \begin_layout Subsection
27152 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
27153 \begin_inset Index idx
27156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27157 Bibliography ! Databases
27163 \begin_inset Index idx
27166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27167 Bibliography ! BibTeX
27173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27175 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
27182 \begin_layout Standard
27183 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
27188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27189 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
27191 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
27192 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
27197 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
27199 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
27200 your working field in a database.
27201 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
27202 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
27204 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
27208 \begin_layout Standard
27209 The database is a text file with the file extension
27210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27221 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
27222 The format is explained in
27223 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27229 and in LaTeX books (
27230 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27232 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
27237 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
27238 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
27239 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
27240 \begin_inset Flex URL
27243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27245 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
27253 \begin_layout Standard
27254 To use a database, use the menu
27256 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27261 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27274 \begin_inset space ~
27280 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
27281 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
27284 Add bibliography to TOC
27286 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
27291 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
27292 in the document or just the cited references.
27295 \begin_layout Standard
27296 The style file is a text file with the file extension
27297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27308 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
27309 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
27310 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
27312 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
27317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27318 For information how this is done, have a look at
27319 \begin_inset Newline newline
27323 \begin_inset CommandInset href
27325 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
27337 \begin_layout Standard
27338 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
27341 \begin_layout Standard
27342 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
27343 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
27346 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27374 \begin_inset space ~
27380 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
27386 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27395 \begin_layout Standard
27396 When you select the option
27398 Sectioned bibliography
27402 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27405 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
27406 This and other options are explained in detail in section
27408 Customizing Bibliographies
27416 Additional Features
27421 \begin_layout Standard
27422 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
27423 the two methods of creating them.
27424 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
27425 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
27426 We used the style file
27430 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
27433 \begin_layout Subsection
27434 Bibliography layout
27435 \begin_inset Index idx
27438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27439 Bibliography ! Layout
27447 \begin_layout Standard
27448 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
27449 For this feature you need to enable the option
27455 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27459 \begin_inset Index idx
27462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27463 Document ! Settings
27473 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
27474 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
27475 in the previous section.
27478 \begin_layout Standard
27479 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
27480 in the citation reference window.
27481 Here an example where we set the text
27482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27486 \begin_inset space ~
27490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27493 to appear after the reference:
27496 \begin_layout Standard
27498 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27501 key "latexcompanion"
27508 \begin_layout Section
27510 \begin_inset Index idx
27513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27520 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27529 \begin_layout Standard
27530 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27534 \begin_inset space ~
27539 or the toolbar button
27547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27558 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27559 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27560 by LyX as the index entry.
27563 \begin_layout Standard
27564 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27565 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27567 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27569 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27576 \begin_layout Standard
27577 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27579 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27581 \begin_inset space ~
27585 \begin_inset space ~
27588 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27590 \begin_inset space ~
27596 A light blue box labeled
27597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27608 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27609 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27612 \begin_layout Subsection
27613 Grouping Index Entries
27614 \begin_inset Index idx
27617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27626 \begin_layout Standard
27627 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27629 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27630 lists under the entry
27631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27639 First we create the entry
27640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27648 \begin_inset space ~
27652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27654 reference "sub:Lists"
27659 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27660 \begin_inset space ~
27664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27666 reference "sec:Itemize"
27670 , we insert the command
27673 \begin_layout Standard
27679 \begin_layout Standard
27683 \begin_layout Standard
27689 \begin_layout Standard
27690 for the enumerated list in section
27691 \begin_inset space ~
27695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27697 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27704 \begin_layout Standard
27705 The exclamation mark
27706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27713 marks the grouping levels.
27714 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27715 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27716 If we don't have an index entry for
27717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27724 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27727 \begin_layout Subsection
27729 \begin_inset Index idx
27732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27733 Index ! Page ranges
27741 \begin_layout Standard
27742 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27744 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27750 \begin_inset space \space{}
27753 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27755 \begin_inset space ~
27759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27761 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27768 \begin_layout Standard
27771 Paragraph environments|(
27774 \begin_layout Standard
27775 and another entry at the end of section
27776 \begin_inset space ~
27780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27782 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27789 \begin_layout Standard
27792 Paragraph environments|)
27795 \begin_layout Standard
27797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27820 respectively start and end the index range.
27821 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27822 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27823 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27824 An example is the index entry
27825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27828 Document ! Settings
27829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27835 \begin_layout Subsection
27837 \begin_inset Index idx
27840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27841 Index ! Cross referencing
27849 \begin_layout Standard
27850 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27851 We referred for example in the index entry
27852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27860 \begin_inset space ~
27864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27866 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27870 ) to the index entry
27871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27878 in the same section using the entry
27881 \begin_layout Standard
27884 GIF|see{Image formats}
27887 \begin_layout Standard
27888 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27889 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27890 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27893 \begin_layout Subsection
27895 \begin_inset Index idx
27898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27899 Index ! Entry order
27907 \begin_layout Standard
27908 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27909 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27910 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27915 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27917 \begin_inset space ~
27921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27923 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27932 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27933 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27958 \begin_inset Index idx
27961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27962 Dummy entries ! maïs
27968 \begin_inset Index idx
27971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27972 Dummy entries ! maître
27978 \begin_inset Index idx
27981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27982 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27987 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27988 order maïs, maison, maître.
27989 To achieve this, we use the command
27992 \begin_layout Standard
27995 previous entry@current entry
27998 \begin_layout Standard
27999 In our case we want to have
28000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28015 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
28018 \begin_layout Standard
28024 \begin_layout Standard
28025 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
28026 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
28030 \begin_layout Standard
28031 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28037 \begin_layout Standard
28038 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
28043 to generate the index (see sec.
28044 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28050 reference "sub:Index-Program"
28059 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
28061 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28067 reference "sub:Document-Font"
28071 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
28072 index commands start with
28073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28085 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
28090 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
28093 \begin_layout Standard
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28117 \begin_layout Subsection
28119 \begin_inset Index idx
28122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28123 Index ! Entry layout
28131 \begin_layout Standard
28132 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
28133 \begin_inset Index idx
28136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28139 This is an italic dummy entry
28144 You can also format the page number using the character
28145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28152 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
28153 We can write for example
28156 \begin_layout Standard
28159 italic page number:|textit
28162 \begin_layout Standard
28163 to get the page number in italic.
28164 \begin_inset Index idx
28167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28168 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
28173 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
28175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28191 \begin_inset space ~
28197 Have a look at section
28198 \begin_inset space ~
28202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28204 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28208 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
28211 \begin_layout Standard
28212 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28220 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
28224 to generate the index, see sec.
28225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28231 reference "sub:Index-Program"
28240 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
28241 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
28243 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28246 key "latexcompanion"
28258 \begin_layout Standard
28259 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
28261 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
28262 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
28263 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
28264 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
28265 If so, put the following in the preamble
28268 \begin_layout Standard
28280 \begin_layout Standard
28284 \begin_layout Standard
28290 \begin_layout Standard
28291 in the index entry.
28292 \begin_inset Index idx
28295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28296 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
28301 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
28302 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
28303 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28307 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
28309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28313 \begin_inset space \space{}
28316 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
28317 for all index entries.
28318 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
28330 documentation for details,
28331 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28333 key "makeindex,xindy"
28340 \begin_layout Subsection
28342 \begin_inset Index idx
28345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28354 name "sub:Index-Program"
28361 \begin_layout Standard
28362 If the index entry program
28366 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
28370 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
28374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28379 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
28380 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
28381 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
28382 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
28383 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
28393 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
28394 dialog, see section
28395 \begin_inset space ~
28399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28401 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28406 The available options are listed and explained in
28407 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28409 key "makeindex,xindy"
28414 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
28418 \begin_layout Standard
28419 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
28420 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
28423 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28424 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28428 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
28429 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
28432 \begin_layout Subsection
28436 \begin_layout Standard
28437 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
28438 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
28439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28446 next to the standard index.
28447 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
28448 packages that add this feature.
28454 \begin_inset Index idx
28457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28458 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
28463 package to generate multiple indexes.
28464 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
28465 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
28466 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28473 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
28474 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
28475 Please consult the package's manual for details.
28478 \begin_layout Standard
28479 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
28481 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28482 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28489 Use multiple Indexes
28490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28494 Note that the list of
28495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28502 below already contains the standard index.
28503 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
28504 also appear as a heading) to the
28505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28512 input field and press the
28513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28521 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
28522 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
28523 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
28524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28527 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28533 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
28534 indexes in the LyX work area.
28537 \begin_layout Standard
28538 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
28541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28543 \begin_inset space ~
28547 \begin_inset space ~
28556 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28557 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28558 are some additional features:
28561 \begin_layout Itemize
28562 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28563 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28566 \begin_layout Itemize
28567 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28568 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28577 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28582 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28583 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28584 to the non-subindexes.
28587 \begin_layout Section
28588 Nomenclature / Glossary
28589 \begin_inset Index idx
28592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28599 \begin_inset Index idx
28602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28631 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28633 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28640 \begin_layout Standard
28641 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28642 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28646 \begin_layout Standard
28647 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28652 \begin_inset Index idx
28655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28656 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28662 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28663 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28669 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28672 \begin_layout Standard
28673 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28674 and then use the menu
28676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28682 \begin_inset space ~
28687 or the toolbar button
28690 arg "nomencl-insert"
28695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28706 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28709 \begin_layout Standard
28710 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28711 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28712 The second is the description of the symbol.
28715 \begin_layout Standard
28716 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28724 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28732 \begin_layout Subsection
28733 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28734 \begin_inset Index idx
28737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28738 Nomenclature ! Layout
28746 \begin_layout Standard
28747 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28751 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28757 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28765 \begin_inset Newline newline
28773 \begin_inset Newline newline
28779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28786 character starts/ends the formula.
28787 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28799 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28809 \begin_layout Standard
28810 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28811 \begin_inset space ~
28815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28817 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28824 \begin_layout Standard
28828 \begin_inset space ~
28833 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28834 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28839 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28846 in this document is:
28847 \begin_inset Newline newline
28852 dummy entry for the character
28857 \begin_inset Newline newline
28869 \begin_inset space ~
28879 font use the command
28908 \begin_layout Subsection
28909 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28910 \begin_inset Index idx
28913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28914 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28922 \begin_layout Standard
28923 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28924 the symbol definition.
28925 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28926 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28929 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28930 LatexCommand nomenclature
28932 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28939 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28943 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28944 LatexCommand nomenclature
28947 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28952 They will be sorted by
28953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28979 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28982 will be sorted before the
28986 since the character
28987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28994 is considered in sorting.
28997 \begin_layout Standard
28998 To control the sort order, you can edit the
29001 \begin_inset space ~
29006 field of the nomenclature dialog.
29007 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
29009 For the example given, you can insert
29013 in this field for the
29014 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
29021 will be located before
29022 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
29028 \begin_layout Standard
29029 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
29034 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29043 \begin_layout Subsection
29044 Nomenclature Options
29045 \begin_inset Index idx
29048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29049 Nomenclature ! Options
29057 \begin_layout Standard
29062 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
29063 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
29066 \begin_layout Description
29067 refeq Appends the phrase
29068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29083 to every nomenclature entry, where
29089 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
29092 \begin_layout Description
29093 refpage Appends the phrase
29094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29109 to every nomenclature entry, where
29115 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
29118 \begin_layout Description
29119 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
29122 \begin_layout Standard
29123 There are furthermore the options
29167 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
29171 \begin_layout Standard
29172 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
29173 class options list in the
29175 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29179 In this document the option
29186 \begin_layout Standard
29187 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29193 \begin_layout Standard
29194 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
29195 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
29200 field in the nomenclature dialog:
29203 \begin_layout Description
29213 \begin_layout Description
29216 nomrefpage Like the
29223 \begin_layout Description
29226 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
29235 \begin_layout Description
29239 \begin_inset space ~
29245 \begin_inset space ~
29250 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
29253 \begin_layout Subsection
29254 Printing the Nomenclature
29255 \begin_inset Index idx
29258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29259 Nomenclature ! Printing
29267 \begin_layout Standard
29268 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
29270 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29272 \begin_inset space ~
29276 \begin_inset space ~
29279 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29283 A light blue box labeled
29284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29295 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
29296 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
29299 \begin_layout Standard
29300 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
29301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29309 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
29317 For example, in order to change the name to
29321 , add the following line to the preamble:
29324 \begin_layout Standard
29332 nomname}{List of Symbols}
29335 \begin_layout Standard
29336 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29342 \begin_layout Standard
29343 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
29344 by adding the following line to the preamble:
29347 \begin_layout Standard
29355 nomlabelwidth}{width}
29358 \begin_layout Standard
29361 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
29362 \begin_inset space ~
29366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29368 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
29373 The default value is 1
29374 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29380 \begin_layout Subsection
29381 Nomenclature Program
29382 \begin_inset Index idx
29385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29386 Nomenclature ! Program
29392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29394 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
29401 \begin_layout Standard
29402 LyX uses the program
29406 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
29407 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
29412 by adding options, see section
29413 \begin_inset space ~
29417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29419 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
29424 The available options are listed and explained in
29425 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29427 key "nomencl,makeindex"
29434 \begin_layout Section
29436 \begin_inset Index idx
29439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29446 \begin_inset Index idx
29449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29450 Document ! Branches
29456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29458 name "sec:Branches"
29465 \begin_layout Standard
29466 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
29467 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
29468 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
29469 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
29472 \begin_layout Standard
29473 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
29474 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
29475 To create a branch, either select the menu
29477 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29478 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29481 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
29483 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29490 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
29491 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
29492 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
29493 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
29494 (see below for an example).
29495 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
29496 to the name of the other) and to add
29497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29505 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29509 \begin_inset space ~
29512 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
29513 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
29516 \begin_layout Standard
29517 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
29518 These boxes are inserted via the menu
29520 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29523 where you can choose a branch.
29524 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
29528 \begin_layout Standard
29529 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
29530 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
29533 \begin_layout Standard
29534 \begin_inset Branch Question
29537 \begin_layout Standard
29538 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29546 \begin_layout Standard
29547 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29550 \begin_layout Standard
29551 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29559 \begin_layout Standard
29566 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29567 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29570 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29571 Consider for example a file
29572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29579 which has the above branches.
29581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29588 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29612 branch were inactive,
29613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29628 branch was active, likewise
29629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29644 branch was active, and
29645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29648 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29652 if both branches were active.
29653 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29657 \begin_layout Standard
29658 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29664 \begin_layout Standard
29665 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29666 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29668 For example you can define for the question branch
29672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29673 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29674 \begin_inset space ~
29678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29680 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29692 \begin_layout Standard
29702 \begin_layout Standard
29712 \begin_layout Standard
29713 and for the answer branch
29716 \begin_layout Standard
29726 \begin_layout Standard
29736 \begin_layout Standard
29737 \begin_inset Branch Question
29740 \begin_layout Standard
29744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29772 \begin_layout Standard
29773 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29776 \begin_layout Standard
29780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29808 \begin_layout Standard
29809 Now it is possible to use the commands
29813 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29820 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29823 to obtain conditional output.
29824 Here is an example formula where only the
29831 \begin_inset Formula
29833 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29841 \begin_layout Standard
29842 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29850 \begin_layout Section
29852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29854 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29859 \begin_inset Index idx
29862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29871 \begin_layout Standard
29876 dialog allows you in the
29880 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29881 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29886 \begin_inset Index idx
29889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29890 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29898 \begin_layout Standard
29903 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29904 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29905 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29907 You can specify in the dialog tab
29911 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29913 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29914 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29918 \begin_layout Standard
29923 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29924 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29925 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29927 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29928 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29930 \begin_inset space ~
29933 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29934 \begin_inset space ~
29937 1 will only display the sections.
29940 \begin_layout Standard
29941 The header information in the dialog tab
29945 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29946 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29947 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29951 \begin_inset space \space{}
29954 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29955 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29958 Automatic fill header
29960 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29961 title and author settings.
29964 \begin_layout Standard
29967 Load in fullscreen mode
29969 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29972 \begin_layout Standard
29973 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29974 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29980 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29981 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29990 \begin_layout Section
29991 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29994 name "sec:TeX-Code"
30001 \begin_layout Subsection
30003 \begin_inset Index idx
30006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30013 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30015 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
30022 \begin_layout Standard
30023 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
30024 constructs, but not all.
30025 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
30026 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
30027 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
30028 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
30029 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
30033 \begin_layout Standard
30034 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
30036 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
30038 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30040 \begin_inset space ~
30045 or by the toolbar button
30052 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
30056 \begin_layout Standard
30057 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
30058 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
30059 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
30060 using the LaTeX-command
30066 , you can write the command part
30072 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
30076 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
30077 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
30078 the following example:
30081 \begin_layout Standard
30082 \begin_inset Graphics
30083 filename clipart/ERT.png
30091 \begin_layout Standard
30095 \begin_layout Standard
30096 This is a line with a
30100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30123 \begin_layout Standard
30124 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30132 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
30133 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
30141 \begin_layout Subsection
30142 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
30143 \begin_inset Argument
30146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30153 \begin_inset Index idx
30156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30163 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30165 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
30172 \begin_layout Standard
30173 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
30174 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
30175 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
30176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30184 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
30185 any time if you know the right commands.
30187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30191 \begin_inset space \space{}
30194 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
30196 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
30197 all caption labels bold.
30198 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
30200 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
30204 \begin_layout Standard
30205 Now LaTeX comes into play.
30206 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
30207 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
30209 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30218 \begin_layout Standard
30219 As result you know that the package
30224 \begin_inset Index idx
30227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30228 LaTeX-packages ! caption
30234 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
30236 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30242 \begin_layout Standard
30247 usepackage[options]{package name}
30250 \begin_layout Standard
30251 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
30252 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
30253 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
30256 \begin_layout Standard
30257 In your case the package name is
30262 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
30267 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
30268 So you add the command
30271 \begin_layout Standard
30276 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
30279 \begin_layout Standard
30280 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
30284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30285 For more commands provided by the
30289 package, have a look at its documentation,
30290 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30304 \begin_layout Standard
30305 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
30307 For example if you use a
30311 class, you don't need the package
30315 , you can instead write
30318 \begin_layout Standard
30323 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
30328 \begin_layout Standard
30329 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
30330 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
30331 documentation of the document class you want to use.
30338 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
30341 \begin_layout Standard
30342 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
30343 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
30345 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
30346 the previous section.
30349 \begin_layout Standard
30350 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
30352 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30354 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
30361 \begin_layout Standard
30362 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
30368 \begin_layout Standard
30372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30382 \begin_inset Note Note
30385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30386 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
30394 \begin_layout Left Header
30395 \begin_inset Argument
30398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30418 \begin_inset Note Note
30421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30422 defines the header line as described below
30430 \begin_layout Center Header
30431 \begin_inset Argument
30434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30443 \begin_layout Right Header
30444 \begin_inset Argument
30447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30468 \begin_layout Left Footer
30469 \begin_inset Argument
30472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30493 \begin_layout Center Footer
30494 \begin_inset Argument
30497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30508 \begin_inset Newline newline
30512 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30518 \begin_layout Right Footer
30519 \begin_inset Argument
30522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30544 \begin_layout Section
30545 Customized Page Headers and Footers
30546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30548 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
30553 \begin_inset Index idx
30556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30557 Document ! Header/Footer line
30563 \begin_inset Index idx
30566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30575 \begin_layout Standard
30576 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30577 to set the headings style to
30583 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30589 \begin_inset space ~
30595 As second step add in the menu
30597 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30598 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30605 Custom Header/Footerlines
30606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30610 This module offers the 6
30611 \begin_inset space ~
30617 \begin_layout Description
30619 \begin_inset space ~
30623 \begin_inset space ~
30627 \begin_inset space ~
30631 \begin_inset space ~
30635 \begin_inset space ~
30641 \begin_layout Description
30643 \begin_inset space ~
30647 \begin_inset space ~
30651 \begin_inset space ~
30655 \begin_inset space ~
30659 \begin_inset space ~
30665 \begin_layout Standard
30666 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30669 \begin_layout Standard
30670 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30671 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
30673 \begin_inset space ~
30677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30679 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30683 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30686 \begin_layout Standard
30687 \begin_inset Float figure
30693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30696 \begin_inset Tabular
30697 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30698 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30699 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30700 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30701 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30703 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30721 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30732 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30750 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30761 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30765 The normal text on the page goes here.
30766 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
30768 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30769 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30774 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30783 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30794 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30812 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30823 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30841 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30859 \begin_inset Caption
30861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30864 name "fig:Page-layout"
30868 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30881 \begin_layout Subsection
30885 \begin_layout Standard
30886 To define your header line, add all 3
30887 \begin_inset space ~
30891 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30892 the optional arguments on even pages.
30893 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30895 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30896 Defining the footer line works similar.
30899 \begin_layout Standard
30900 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30903 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30916 \begin_inset space ~
30924 \begin_layout Description
30927 thepage prints the current page number
30930 \begin_layout Description
30933 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30936 \begin_layout Description
30939 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30942 \begin_layout Description
30945 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30946 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30953 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30956 because it usually goes in a left header.
30959 \begin_layout Description
30962 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30963 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30965 It is normally used in the right header.
30968 \begin_layout Subsection
30969 Default header/footer
30972 \begin_layout Standard
30973 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30974 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30975 footer has the page number.
30976 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30977 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30978 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30981 \begin_inset space ~
30989 \begin_layout Subsection
30993 \begin_layout Standard
30994 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30995 Some pages are different.
30996 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30997 a new part or chapter in your book.
30998 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30999 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
31000 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
31003 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31004 Header and footer decoration line
31007 \begin_layout Standard
31008 By default, you get a 0.4
31009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31012 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
31013 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
31025 in the following scheme:
31028 \begin_layout Standard
31035 headrulewidth}{thickness}
31038 \begin_layout Standard
31039 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
31048 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
31049 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31055 \begin_layout Standard
31056 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
31057 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
31058 \begin_inset space ~
31062 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31071 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31072 Several header/footer lines
31075 \begin_layout Standard
31076 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
31077 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
31078 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
31080 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
31092 in this scheme in your document preamble:
31095 \begin_layout Standard
31102 headheight}{height}
31105 \begin_layout Standard
31106 Where height is a size in standard units.
31107 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
31108 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
31109 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
31111 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31125 and look via the button
31128 \begin_inset space ~
31133 if you find a warning of the package
31138 \begin_inset Index idx
31141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31142 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
31148 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
31149 for your header/footer.
31152 \begin_layout Subsection
31156 \begin_layout Standard
31157 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
31158 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
31159 This example consists of the following definition:
31162 \begin_layout Description
31164 \begin_inset space ~
31173 , empty optional argument
31176 \begin_layout Description
31178 \begin_inset space ~
31181 Header empty, empty optional argument
31184 \begin_layout Description
31186 \begin_inset space ~
31195 in the optional argument
31198 \begin_layout Description
31200 \begin_inset space ~
31209 in the optional argument
31212 \begin_layout Description
31214 \begin_inset space ~
31226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31230 \begin_inset Newline newline
31234 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
31238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31241 in the optional argument
31244 \begin_layout Description
31246 \begin_inset space ~
31255 , empty optional argument
31258 \begin_layout Description
31261 headrulewidth set to 2
31262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31268 \begin_layout Standard
31269 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
31271 For more special things like e.
31272 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31276 \begin_inset space ~
31279 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
31284 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31293 \begin_layout Standard
31294 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
31300 \begin_layout Standard
31304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31308 pagestyle{headings}
31314 \begin_inset Note Note
31317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31318 switches back to page style with the default headings
31326 \begin_layout Section
31327 Previewing Snippets of your Document
31328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31330 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31335 \begin_inset Index idx
31338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31345 \begin_inset Index idx
31348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31357 \begin_layout Standard
31358 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
31359 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
31360 to break your train of thought with
31362 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31368 \begin_layout Standard
31369 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
31370 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
31375 \begin_inset Index idx
31378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31379 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
31384 as explained below, and turn on
31387 \begin_inset space ~
31394 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31398 \begin_inset space ~
31402 \begin_inset space ~
31405 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31410 \begin_inset space ~
31415 is the multiplication factor for the size.
31418 \begin_layout Standard
31419 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
31421 Previews of an already loaded document are
31425 generated just by selecting the
31428 \begin_inset space ~
31433 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
31436 \begin_layout Standard
31437 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
31438 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
31441 \begin_inset space ~
31446 check box in the insert dialog.
31447 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
31451 \begin_layout Standard
31452 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
31456 (on some systems named simply
31461 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31463 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31469 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31470 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
31478 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
31482 \begin_layout Standard
31483 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31489 \begin_layout Standard
31490 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
31494 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31496 \begin_inset space ~
31501 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31502 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31504 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31505 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31506 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31507 the source view window.
31510 \begin_layout Section
31511 Advanced Find and Replace
31512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31514 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31519 \begin_inset Index idx
31522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31529 \begin_inset Index idx
31532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31541 \begin_layout Subsection
31545 \begin_layout Standard
31546 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31547 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31548 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31549 The key-features are:
31552 \begin_layout Itemize
31553 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31554 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31555 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31559 \begin_layout Itemize
31560 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31561 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31562 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31563 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31566 \begin_layout Itemize
31567 Search may be widened to a specific
31572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31576 \begin_inset space ~
31579 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31580 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31587 \begin_layout Itemize
31588 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31589 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31590 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31594 \begin_inset space ~
31597 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31600 \begin_layout Subsection
31604 \begin_layout Standard
31605 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31608 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31621 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31624 ) or the toolbar button
31627 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31633 Advanced Find and Replace
31638 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31642 \begin_layout Standard
31647 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31652 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31657 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31658 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31659 Pressing repeatedly
31663 keeps searching forward.
31664 Similarly, pressing
31668 searches for the entered text backwards.
31671 \begin_layout Standard
31672 While searching, the
31676 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31686 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31689 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31690 Searching for mathematics
31693 \begin_layout Standard
31694 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31698 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31699 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31702 or also something more complex like
31703 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31707 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31708 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31709 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31710 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31716 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31720 \begin_layout Standard
31721 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31722 This is done by switching to the
31726 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31731 This way, entering in the
31738 \begin_layout Itemize
31739 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31740 in emphasized or boldface.
31743 \begin_layout Itemize
31744 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31745 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31746 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31747 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31750 \begin_layout Itemize
31751 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31752 of if only within section headings.
31753 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31754 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31758 \begin_layout Itemize
31759 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31760 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31763 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31767 \begin_layout Standard
31768 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31772 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31780 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31784 button or alternatively
31806 \begin_layout Standard
31807 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31808 text segments in your document.
31809 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31813 \begin_layout Itemize
31814 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31815 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31823 with its typewriter version
31826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31836 \begin_layout Itemize
31837 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31843 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31855 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31862 (you may want to enable the
31870 options and disable the
31878 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31886 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31887 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31891 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31894 , or occurrences of
31895 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31899 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31905 \begin_layout Subsection
31909 \begin_layout Standard
31910 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31915 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31917 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31919 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31928 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31934 This is done via the menu
31936 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31937 Insert Regular Expression
31939 while the cursor is in the
31944 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31945 expression matching rules
31949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31950 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31956 \begin_inset space ~
31959 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31960 to match expressions.
31965 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31966 same text in the document.
31967 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31968 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31971 \begin_layout Enumerate
31972 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31977 editor the fraction
31978 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31982 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31985 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31986 fractions with the given denominator.
31989 \begin_layout Enumerate
31990 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
32002 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
32007 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
32008 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
32010 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
32013 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
32014 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
32017 \begin_layout Standard
32018 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
32019 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
32020 \begin_inset Formula $()$
32023 , and referring back to them through
32024 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
32028 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
32032 For example, try searching for the regexp
32033 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
32036 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
32039 \begin_layout Standard
32040 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
32041 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
32042 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
32043 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32047 \begin_inset space ~
32051 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
32054 always refers to the first occurrence of
32055 \begin_inset Formula $()$
32058 in all entered regexps.
32061 \begin_layout Standard
32062 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
32066 \begin_layout Section
32068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32070 name "sec:Spellchecking"
32075 \begin_inset Index idx
32078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32087 \begin_layout Standard
32088 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
32091 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32098 or the toolbar button
32101 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
32104 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
32105 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
32106 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
32107 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
32108 scrolled so that it is visible.
32109 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
32110 n, if any could be found.
32111 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
32115 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
32116 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
32119 \begin_layout Standard
32120 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
32123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32127 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
32128 a different one at the top of the dialog.
32129 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
32130 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
32131 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
32132 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
32135 \begin_layout Subsection
32139 \begin_layout Standard
32140 In LyX's preferences dialog under
32143 \begin_inset space ~
32146 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32149 you can set the following things:
32152 \begin_layout Description
32154 \begin_inset space ~
32157 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
32158 Depending on your platform,
32172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32173 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
32174 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
32189 \begin_layout Description
32191 \begin_inset space ~
32194 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
32195 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
32198 \begin_layout Description
32200 \begin_inset space ~
32203 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
32205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32209 \begin_inset space \space{}
32213 This should normally not be needed.
32216 \begin_layout Description
32218 \begin_inset space ~
32222 \begin_inset space ~
32225 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
32227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32237 \begin_layout Description
32239 \begin_inset space ~
32242 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
32243 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
32244 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
32245 in the context menu.
32246 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
32250 \begin_layout Description
32252 \begin_inset space ~
32256 \begin_inset space ~
32260 \begin_inset space ~
32263 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
32267 \begin_layout Section
32269 \begin_inset Index idx
32272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32279 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32281 name "sec:Thesaurus"
32288 \begin_layout Standard
32289 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
32290 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
32299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32300 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32302 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32311 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32312 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32313 are available for many languages.
32316 \begin_layout Standard
32317 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32321 \begin_layout Subsection
32322 Setting up the thesaurus
32325 \begin_layout Standard
32330 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32335 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32340 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32346 en_EN for English).
32347 For instance, the English files are named:
32350 \begin_layout Itemize
32354 \begin_layout Itemize
32358 \begin_layout Standard
32359 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32360 already on your system.
32361 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32362 \begin_inset Flex URL
32365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32367 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32373 \begin_inset Flex URL
32376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32378 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32388 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
32389 \begin_inset Flex URL
32392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32394 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32399 are usually packed in extension archives (
32403 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32405 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32406 unpack a zip archive.
32419 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32420 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32422 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32423 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32427 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32430 \begin_layout Subsection
32431 Using the thesaurus
32434 \begin_layout Standard
32435 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32437 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32440 or the toolbar button
32443 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32446 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32448 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32450 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32451 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32452 and hyponyms (such as
32460 ), compounds (such as
32464 ) and antonyms (such as
32472 ), which are marked as such.
32475 \begin_layout Standard
32476 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32477 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32481 \begin_layout Standard
32482 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32483 the dictionary, such as the above
32487 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32492 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32493 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32494 For example looking up the word forms
32502 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32507 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32508 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32520 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32521 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32522 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32525 \begin_layout Section
32527 \begin_inset Index idx
32530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32537 \begin_inset Index idx
32540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32541 Document ! Change Tracking
32547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32549 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32556 \begin_layout Standard
32557 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32558 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32559 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32560 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32562 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32564 \begin_inset space ~
32567 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32569 \begin_inset space ~
32577 \begin_layout Standard
32578 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32592 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32593 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32596 \begin_inset space ~
32600 \begin_inset space ~
32610 \begin_inset Index idx
32613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32614 Color ! Change tracking
32619 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32620 the cursor is in changed text.
32621 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32624 arg "changes-merge"
32630 \begin_layout Standard
32631 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32632 \begin_inset Index idx
32635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32644 \begin_layout Standard
32645 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32651 \begin_layout Standard
32652 \begin_inset Graphics
32653 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32661 \begin_layout Standard
32662 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32668 \begin_layout Standard
32669 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32673 \begin_layout Standard
32674 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32680 \begin_layout Standard
32681 \begin_inset Tabular
32682 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32683 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32684 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32685 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32686 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32695 arg "changes-track"
32703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32709 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32711 \begin_inset space ~
32714 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32716 \begin_inset space ~
32725 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32734 arg "changes-output"
32742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32748 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32750 \begin_inset space ~
32753 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32755 \begin_inset space ~
32759 \begin_inset space ~
32763 \begin_inset space ~
32772 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32793 Jumps to the next change
32799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32808 arg "change-accept"
32816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32822 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32824 \begin_inset space ~
32827 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32829 \begin_inset space ~
32838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32847 arg "change-reject"
32855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32863 \begin_inset space ~
32866 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32868 \begin_inset space ~
32877 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32886 arg "changes-merge"
32894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32900 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32902 \begin_inset space ~
32905 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32907 \begin_inset space ~
32916 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32925 arg "all-changes-accept"
32933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32939 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32941 \begin_inset space ~
32944 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32946 \begin_inset space ~
32950 \begin_inset space ~
32959 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32968 arg "all-changes-reject"
32976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32982 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32984 \begin_inset space ~
32987 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32989 \begin_inset space ~
32993 \begin_inset space ~
33002 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
33006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
33022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33026 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33028 \begin_inset space ~
33037 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
33041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
33057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33060 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33062 \begin_inset space ~
33078 \begin_layout Standard
33079 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33085 \begin_layout Standard
33086 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
33087 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
33088 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
33089 the next change after the current cursor position.
33090 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
33091 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
33092 step to the next change.
33093 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
33096 \begin_layout Standard
33097 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
33098 to describe a change.
33101 \begin_layout Standard
33102 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
33107 \begin_inset Index idx
33110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33111 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
33117 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
33118 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33124 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
33127 \begin_layout Section
33128 Comparison of Documents
33129 \begin_inset Index idx
33132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33133 Comparison of documents
33141 \begin_layout Standard
33142 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
33144 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33148 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
33150 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
33153 \begin_inset space ~
33157 \begin_inset space ~
33161 \begin_inset space ~
33166 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
33171 \begin_inset space ~
33175 \begin_inset space ~
33179 \begin_inset space ~
33183 \begin_inset space ~
33187 \begin_inset space ~
33191 \begin_inset space ~
33196 enables the change tracking option
33199 \begin_inset space ~
33203 \begin_inset space ~
33207 \begin_inset space ~
33212 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
33215 \begin_layout Section
33216 International Support
33217 \begin_inset Index idx
33220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33221 International support
33229 \begin_layout Standard
33230 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
33231 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
33232 how to set up LyX to use them:
33233 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33235 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
33242 \begin_layout Standard
33243 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
33244 \begin_inset space ~
33248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33250 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33257 \begin_layout Subsection
33259 \begin_inset Index idx
33262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33269 \begin_inset Index idx
33272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33273 Document ! Settings
33279 \begin_inset Index idx
33282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33283 Document ! Language
33291 \begin_layout Standard
33294 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33297 dialog lets you set
33299 the language and character encoding for your language.
33303 \begin_layout Standard
33304 Choose your language in the
33308 section of this dialog.
33316 \begin_layout Standard
33321 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33326 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33327 For details about the different encoding options see section
33328 \begin_inset space ~
33332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33334 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
33341 \begin_layout Subsection
33342 Keyboard mapping configuration
33343 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33345 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33352 \begin_layout Standard
33353 If you have for example a U.
33354 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33357 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33358 can use an alternate keymap.
33359 For example, if you have a U.
33360 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33363 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33364 use an Italian keymap.
33365 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33367 \begin_inset space ~
33371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33373 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33378 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33379 which one you want to use.
33382 \begin_layout Standard
33383 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33384 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33385 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33386 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33387 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33388 one to support the characters you want.
33389 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33396 \begin_layout Subsection
33400 \begin_layout Standard
33402 \begin_inset space ~
33406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33408 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33417 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33421 \begin_layout Standard
33422 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33423 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
33431 \begin_layout Itemize
33432 Even if you have selected
33438 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33441 dialog, users who have only the
33445 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33449 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33450 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33451 french quotes won't show up.
33454 \begin_layout Standard
33455 \begin_inset Float table
33460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33461 \begin_inset Caption
33463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33466 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33484 \begin_inset Tabular
33485 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33486 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33487 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33488 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33489 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33490 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33491 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33492 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33493 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33494 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33495 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33496 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33497 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33498 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33499 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33500 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33501 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33502 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33503 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37916 \begin_layout Standard
37917 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37919 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37920 also the characters from
37932 \begin_layout Itemize
37941 \begin_layout Standard
37942 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37943 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37949 \begin_layout Standard
37950 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37951 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37957 \begin_layout Standard
37958 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37959 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37965 \begin_layout Standard
37966 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37967 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37973 \begin_layout Standard
37975 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37981 \begin_layout Standard
37983 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37989 \begin_layout Standard
37991 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37998 \begin_layout Itemize
38011 \begin_layout Standard
38013 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
38019 \begin_layout Standard
38021 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
38027 \begin_layout Standard
38029 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
38035 \begin_layout Standard
38037 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
38043 \begin_layout Standard
38045 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
38051 \begin_layout Standard
38053 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
38060 \begin_layout Standard
38061 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
38062 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
38063 Also make sure you're using the
38070 \begin_layout Chapter
38073 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38075 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
38082 \begin_layout Standard
38083 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
38084 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
38085 topic inside the user's guide.
38088 \begin_layout Section
38090 \begin_inset Index idx
38093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38102 \begin_layout Standard
38107 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
38110 \begin_layout Subsection
38114 \begin_layout Standard
38115 Creates a new document.
38118 \begin_layout Subsection
38122 \begin_layout Standard
38123 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
38124 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
38125 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
38128 \begin_layout Subsection
38132 \begin_layout Standard
38136 \begin_layout Subsection
38140 \begin_layout Standard
38141 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
38142 Click there on a file to open it.
38145 \begin_layout Subsection
38149 \begin_layout Standard
38150 Closes the current document.
38153 \begin_layout Subsection
38157 \begin_layout Standard
38158 Closes all opened documents.
38161 \begin_layout Subsection
38165 \begin_layout Standard
38166 Saves the actual document.
38169 \begin_layout Subsection
38173 \begin_layout Standard
38174 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
38177 \begin_layout Subsection
38181 \begin_layout Standard
38182 Saves all opened documents.
38185 \begin_layout Subsection
38189 \begin_layout Standard
38190 Reloads the actual document from disk.
38193 \begin_layout Subsection
38197 \begin_layout Standard
38198 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
38199 It is described in the section
38201 Version Control in LyX
38205 Additional Features
38210 \begin_layout Subsection
38214 \begin_layout Standard
38215 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
38216 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
38217 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
38218 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
38221 \begin_layout Standard
38222 When using the menu entry
38225 \begin_inset space ~
38230 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
38234 \begin_inset space ~
38238 \begin_inset space ~
38243 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
38244 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
38247 \begin_layout Subsection
38249 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38258 \begin_layout Standard
38259 You can export your document to various file formats.
38260 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38261 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38262 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
38265 \begin_layout Standard
38266 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38268 \begin_inset space ~
38272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38274 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38281 \begin_layout Description
38285 \begin_inset space ~
38290 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
38292 \begin_inset Newline newline
38295 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
38298 \begin_layout Description
38306 \begin_layout Description
38307 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38311 \begin_layout Description
38313 \begin_inset space ~
38317 \begin_inset space ~
38320 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38324 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38332 \begin_layout Description
38339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38347 \begin_inset space ~
38352 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38353 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38357 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38360 \begin_layout Description
38367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38375 \begin_inset space ~
38380 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38381 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38389 \begin_layout Description
38391 \begin_inset space ~
38394 z.y.x LyX-Dokument in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38410 represent the version number)
38413 \begin_layout Description
38414 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38417 \begin_layout Description
38418 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38431 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38435 \begin_layout Description
38439 \begin_inset space ~
38444 PDF-format using the program
38449 \begin_layout Description
38453 \begin_inset space ~
38458 PDF-format using the program
38463 \begin_layout Description
38467 \begin_inset space ~
38472 PDF-format using the program
38477 \begin_layout Description
38481 \begin_inset space ~
38489 \begin_layout Description
38493 \begin_inset space ~
38497 \begin_inset space ~
38502 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38503 and then exported as text using the program
38508 \begin_layout Description
38513 PostScript format using the program
38518 \begin_layout Standard
38523 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
38524 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
38530 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
38533 \begin_layout Standard
38534 If one of the menu entries
38541 \begin_inset space ~
38550 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38551 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38552 \begin_inset space ~
38556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38558 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38563 \begin_inset Index idx
38566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38567 Reconfiguration of LyX
38575 \begin_layout Standard
38580 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
38581 the export program.
38584 \begin_layout Subsection
38588 \begin_layout Standard
38589 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38590 format or send it to a printer.
38591 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38592 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38598 For more information have a look at section
38599 \begin_inset space ~
38603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38605 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38612 \begin_layout Subsection
38616 \begin_layout Standard
38617 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38618 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38619 prefix, see section
38620 \begin_inset space ~
38624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38626 reference "sec:Paths"
38631 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38640 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38641 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38642 \begin_inset space ~
38646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38648 reference "sub:Converters"
38655 \begin_layout Subsection
38656 New and Close Window
38659 \begin_layout Standard
38660 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38663 \begin_layout Subsection
38667 \begin_layout Standard
38668 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38671 \begin_layout Section
38673 \begin_inset Index idx
38676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38685 \begin_layout Subsection
38689 \begin_layout Standard
38690 Described in section
38691 \begin_inset space ~
38695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38697 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38704 \begin_layout Subsection
38705 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38708 \begin_layout Standard
38709 Described in section
38710 \begin_inset space ~
38714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38716 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38723 \begin_layout Subsection
38727 \begin_layout Standard
38728 Selects the whole document.
38731 \begin_layout Subsection
38735 \begin_layout Standard
38736 Described in section
38737 \begin_inset space ~
38741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38743 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38750 \begin_layout Subsection
38751 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38754 \begin_layout Standard
38755 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38759 \begin_layout Subsection
38763 \begin_layout Standard
38764 Described in section
38765 \begin_inset space ~
38769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38771 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38778 \begin_layout Subsection
38780 \begin_inset Index idx
38783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38784 Paragraph ! Settings
38792 \begin_layout Standard
38793 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38794 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38797 \begin_layout Standard
38798 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38799 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38801 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38807 \begin_inset space ~
38815 \begin_layout Subsection
38816 Table Settings and Math
38819 \begin_layout Standard
38820 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38822 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38823 The properties of tables are described in section
38824 \begin_inset space ~
38828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38830 reference "sec:Tables"
38834 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38835 \begin_inset space ~
38839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38841 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38848 \begin_layout Subsection
38849 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38852 \begin_layout Standard
38853 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38854 that can be nested.
38855 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38856 \begin_inset space ~
38860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38862 reference "sec:Nesting"
38867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38869 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38876 \begin_layout Section
38878 \begin_inset Index idx
38881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38890 \begin_layout Standard
38895 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38896 document with an external program.
38897 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38898 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38899 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38900 \begin_inset space ~
38904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38906 reference "sub:Export"
38911 You should at least see the menu entries
38918 \begin_inset space ~
38924 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38925 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38926 \begin_inset space ~
38930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38932 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38937 \begin_inset Index idx
38940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38941 Reconfiguration of LyX
38949 \begin_layout Standard
38950 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38951 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38952 \begin_inset space ~
38956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38958 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38963 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38966 \begin_layout Standard
38967 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38970 At the bottom of the
38974 menu the opened documents are listed.
38977 \begin_layout Subsection
38978 Open/Close all Insets
38981 \begin_layout Standard
38982 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38985 \begin_layout Subsection
38986 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38989 \begin_layout Standard
38990 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38993 \begin_layout Standard
38994 Math macros are described in the
39001 \begin_layout Subsection
39005 \begin_layout Standard
39006 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
39008 \begin_inset space ~
39012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39014 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39021 \begin_layout Subsection
39025 \begin_layout Standard
39026 Opens a window showing console messages.
39027 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39031 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39032 while LaTeX is processing the document,
39035 \begin_layout Subsection
39039 \begin_layout Standard
39040 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
39041 format either in the preferences (see sec.
39042 \begin_inset space ~
39046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39048 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39052 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39053 \begin_inset space ~
39057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39059 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39063 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39066 \begin_layout Subsection
39067 View (Other Formats)
39070 \begin_layout Standard
39071 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39074 \begin_layout Subsection
39078 \begin_layout Standard
39079 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39080 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
39081 opening a new viewer window.
39084 \begin_layout Subsection
39085 Update (Other Formats)
39088 \begin_layout Standard
39089 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
39090 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39093 \begin_layout Subsection
39094 View Master Document
39097 \begin_layout Standard
39098 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39115 manual for more information on this topic).
39116 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39117 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39122 generates the output of the whole book, while
39126 will just output the chapter alone.
39129 \begin_layout Standard
39130 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39131 in the preferences (see sec.
39132 \begin_inset space ~
39136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39138 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39142 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39143 \begin_inset space ~
39147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39149 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39156 \begin_layout Subsection
39157 Update Master Document
39160 \begin_layout Standard
39161 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39178 manual for more information on this topic).
39179 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39180 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39183 \begin_layout Standard
39184 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39185 in the preferences (see sec.
39186 \begin_inset space ~
39190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39192 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39196 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39197 \begin_inset space ~
39201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39203 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39210 \begin_layout Subsection
39214 \begin_layout Standard
39215 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39216 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
39217 view the same document, but at different positions.
39218 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39219 or more documents at the same time.
39220 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39227 \begin_layout Subsection
39231 \begin_layout Standard
39232 Closes a split view.
39235 \begin_layout Subsection
39239 \begin_layout Standard
39240 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39241 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39242 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39243 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39244 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39247 \begin_layout Subsection
39249 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39251 name "sub:Toolbars"
39256 \begin_inset Index idx
39259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39268 \begin_layout Standard
39269 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39270 All toolbars and the
39273 \begin_inset space ~
39278 can be turned on and off.
39283 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39295 \begin_inset space ~
39304 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39308 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39315 \begin_layout Standard
39320 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39324 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39325 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39326 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
39327 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
39328 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39331 \begin_layout Standard
39332 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39333 \begin_inset space ~
39337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39339 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39346 \begin_layout Section
39348 \begin_inset Index idx
39351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39360 \begin_layout Subsection
39364 \begin_layout Standard
39365 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39366 \begin_inset space ~
39370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39372 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39383 \begin_layout Subsection
39385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39387 name "sub:Special-Character"
39394 \begin_layout Standard
39395 Here you can insert the following characters:
39398 \begin_layout Description
39399 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39400 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39401 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39402 \begin_inset Newline newline
39406 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39414 Not all characters will be visible in the
39418 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39420 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39426 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39430 ) can display every character.
39438 \begin_layout Description
39439 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39443 \begin_layout Description
39445 \begin_inset space ~
39449 \begin_inset space ~
39452 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39453 \begin_inset space ~
39457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39459 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39466 \begin_layout Description
39468 \begin_inset space ~
39471 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39474 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39484 \begin_layout Description
39486 \begin_inset space ~
39489 Quote Inserts this quote:
39490 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39496 \begin_layout Description
39498 \begin_inset space ~
39501 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39505 \begin_layout Description
39507 \begin_inset space ~
39510 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39514 \begin_layout Description
39516 \begin_inset space ~
39519 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39523 \begin_layout Description
39525 \begin_inset space ~
39529 \begin_inset Index idx
39532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39539 \begin_inset Index idx
39542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39543 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39548 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39549 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39550 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39555 \begin_inset Index idx
39558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39559 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39565 \begin_inset Newline newline
39568 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39572 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39580 and this Wiki-page:
39581 \begin_inset Newline newline
39585 \begin_inset Flex URL
39588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39590 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39598 \begin_layout Subsection
39602 \begin_layout Standard
39603 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39606 \begin_layout Description
39607 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39608 \begin_inset script superscript
39610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39619 \begin_layout Description
39620 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39621 \begin_inset script subscript
39623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39632 \begin_layout Description
39634 \begin_inset space ~
39637 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39638 \begin_inset space ~
39642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39644 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39651 \begin_layout Description
39653 \begin_inset space ~
39656 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39657 \begin_inset space ~
39661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39663 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39670 \begin_layout Description
39672 \begin_inset space ~
39675 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39676 \begin_inset space ~
39680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39682 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39689 \begin_layout Description
39691 \begin_inset space ~
39694 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39695 \begin_inset space ~
39699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39701 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39708 \begin_layout Description
39710 \begin_inset space ~
39713 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39714 \begin_inset space ~
39718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39720 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39727 \begin_layout Description
39729 \begin_inset space ~
39732 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39733 \begin_inset space ~
39737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39739 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39746 \begin_layout Description
39748 \begin_inset space ~
39751 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39752 \begin_inset space ~
39756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39758 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39765 \begin_layout Description
39766 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39767 \begin_inset space ~
39771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39773 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39780 \begin_layout Description
39782 \begin_inset space ~
39785 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39786 \begin_inset space ~
39790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39792 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39799 \begin_layout Description
39801 \begin_inset space ~
39805 \begin_inset space ~
39808 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39815 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39822 \begin_layout Description
39824 \begin_inset space ~
39827 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39828 text line to the page border, see section
39829 \begin_inset space ~
39833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39835 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39842 \begin_layout Description
39844 \begin_inset space ~
39847 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39848 \begin_inset space ~
39852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39854 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39861 \begin_layout Description
39863 \begin_inset space ~
39866 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39867 text page to the page border, described in section
39868 \begin_inset space ~
39872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39874 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39881 \begin_layout Description
39883 \begin_inset space ~
39886 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39887 \begin_inset space ~
39891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39893 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39900 \begin_layout Description
39902 \begin_inset space ~
39906 \begin_inset space ~
39909 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39910 \begin_inset space ~
39914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39916 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39923 \begin_layout Subsection
39927 \begin_layout Standard
39928 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39929 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39931 \begin_inset space ~
39935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39937 reference "sec:toc"
39942 The index list is described in section
39943 \begin_inset space ~
39947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39949 reference "sec:Index"
39953 , the nomenclature in section
39954 \begin_inset space ~
39958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39960 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39964 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39965 \begin_inset space ~
39969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39971 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39978 \begin_layout Subsection
39982 \begin_layout Standard
39983 To insert floats, described in section
39984 \begin_inset space ~
39988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39990 reference "sec:Floats"
39997 \begin_layout Subsection
40001 \begin_layout Standard
40002 To insert notes, described in section
40003 \begin_inset space ~
40007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40009 reference "sec:Notes"
40016 \begin_layout Subsection
40020 \begin_layout Standard
40021 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40022 \begin_inset space ~
40026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40028 reference "sec:Branches"
40035 \begin_layout Subsection
40039 \begin_layout Standard
40040 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40041 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40043 An example is the document class
40044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40051 with three custom insets.
40054 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40060 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40063 \begin_layout Subsection
40065 \begin_inset Index idx
40068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40077 \begin_layout Standard
40078 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
40079 files in your document.
40080 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40091 \begin_layout Subsection
40093 \begin_inset Index idx
40096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40105 \begin_layout Standard
40106 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40107 \begin_inset space ~
40111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40113 reference "sec:Minipages"
40118 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40129 \begin_layout Subsection
40133 \begin_layout Standard
40134 Inserts a citation as described in section
40135 \begin_inset space ~
40139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40141 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40148 \begin_layout Subsection
40152 \begin_layout Standard
40153 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40154 \begin_inset space ~
40158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40160 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40167 \begin_layout Subsection
40171 \begin_layout Standard
40172 Inserts a label as described in section
40173 \begin_inset space ~
40177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40179 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40186 \begin_layout Subsection
40188 \begin_inset Index idx
40191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40198 \begin_inset Index idx
40201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40202 Longtables ! Caption
40210 \begin_layout Standard
40211 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40212 Floats are described in section
40213 \begin_inset space ~
40217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40219 reference "sec:Floats"
40223 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40234 \begin_layout Subsection
40238 \begin_layout Standard
40239 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40240 \begin_inset space ~
40244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40246 reference "sec:Index"
40253 \begin_layout Subsection
40257 \begin_layout Standard
40258 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40259 \begin_inset space ~
40263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40265 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40272 \begin_layout Subsection
40276 \begin_layout Standard
40278 Tables are described in section
40279 \begin_inset space ~
40283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40285 reference "sec:Tables"
40292 \begin_layout Subsection
40296 \begin_layout Standard
40298 Graphics are described in section
40299 \begin_inset space ~
40303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40305 reference "sec:Graphics"
40312 \begin_layout Subsection
40316 \begin_layout Standard
40317 Inserts an URL as described in section
40318 \begin_inset space ~
40322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40324 reference "sub:URLs"
40331 \begin_layout Subsection
40335 \begin_layout Standard
40336 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40337 \begin_inset space ~
40341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40343 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40350 \begin_layout Subsection
40354 \begin_layout Standard
40355 Inserts a footnote, see section
40356 \begin_inset space ~
40360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40362 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40369 \begin_layout Subsection
40373 \begin_layout Standard
40374 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40375 \begin_inset space ~
40379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40381 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40388 \begin_layout Subsection
40392 \begin_layout Standard
40393 Inserts a short title, see section
40394 \begin_inset space ~
40398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40400 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40407 \begin_layout Subsection
40411 \begin_layout Standard
40412 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40413 \begin_inset space ~
40417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40419 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40426 \begin_layout Subsection
40428 \begin_inset Index idx
40431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40440 \begin_layout Standard
40441 Inserts a program listings box.
40442 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40444 Program Code Listings
40453 \begin_layout Subsection
40457 \begin_layout Standard
40458 Inserts the actual date.
40459 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40461 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40473 \begin_layout Section
40475 \begin_inset Index idx
40478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40487 \begin_layout Standard
40488 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40489 \begin_inset space ~
40492 of the current document.
40493 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40496 \begin_layout Subsection
40500 \begin_layout Standard
40501 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40502 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40508 \begin_inset space \space{}
40512 \begin_inset space ~
40516 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40517 \begin_inset space ~
40520 2.5 and use the menu
40523 \begin_inset space ~
40527 \begin_inset space ~
40534 \begin_inset space ~
40540 \begin_inset space ~
40544 \begin_inset space ~
40550 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40554 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40560 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40566 \begin_layout Standard
40567 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40568 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40571 \begin_layout Subsection
40572 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40575 \begin_layout Standard
40576 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40580 \begin_layout Subsection
40584 \begin_layout Standard
40585 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40586 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
40587 on a cross-reference box.
40590 \begin_layout Section
40592 \begin_inset Index idx
40595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40604 \begin_layout Subsection
40608 \begin_layout Standard
40609 Change Tracking is described in section
40610 \begin_inset space ~
40614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40616 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40623 \begin_layout Subsection
40628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40638 \begin_layout Standard
40639 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40641 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40644 \begin_layout Standard
40645 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40650 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40653 \begin_layout Subsection
40657 \begin_layout Standard
40658 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40659 \begin_inset space ~
40663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40665 reference "sec:Navigating"
40670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40672 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40679 \begin_layout Subsection
40680 Start Appendix Here
40683 \begin_layout Standard
40684 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40685 position as described in section
40686 \begin_inset space ~
40690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40692 reference "sec:Appendices"
40699 \begin_layout Subsection
40703 \begin_layout Standard
40704 Un/compresses the current document.
40707 \begin_layout Subsection
40711 \begin_layout Standard
40712 The document settings are described in appendix
40713 \begin_inset space ~
40717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40719 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
40726 \begin_layout Section
40728 \begin_inset Index idx
40731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40740 \begin_layout Subsection
40744 \begin_layout Standard
40745 Spell checking is explained in section
40746 \begin_inset space ~
40750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40752 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40759 \begin_layout Subsection
40763 \begin_layout Standard
40764 The thesaurus is described in section
40765 \begin_inset space ~
40769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40771 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40778 \begin_layout Subsection
40780 \begin_inset Index idx
40783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40790 \begin_inset Index idx
40793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40802 \begin_layout Standard
40803 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40807 \begin_layout Subsection
40809 \begin_inset Index idx
40812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40821 \begin_layout Standard
40822 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40825 \begin_layout Subsection
40827 \begin_inset Index idx
40830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40831 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40842 Reconfiguration of LyX
40846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40859 \begin_inset Index idx
40862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40863 Reconfiguration of LyX
40871 \begin_layout Standard
40872 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40873 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40874 \begin_inset space ~
40878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40880 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40887 \begin_layout Subsection
40891 \begin_layout Standard
40892 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40893 \begin_inset space ~
40897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40899 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40906 \begin_layout Section
40908 \begin_inset Index idx
40911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40920 \begin_layout Standard
40921 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40923 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
40926 \begin_layout Standard
40930 \begin_inset space ~
40935 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40936 found by LyX (see also section
40937 \begin_inset space ~
40941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40943 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40950 \begin_layout Section
40952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40954 name "sec:Toolbars"
40961 \begin_layout Standard
40962 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40963 \begin_inset space ~
40967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40969 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40976 \begin_layout Standard
40977 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40978 This is described in the
40980 Additional Features
40985 \begin_layout Subsection
40987 \begin_inset Index idx
40990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40999 \begin_layout Standard
41000 \begin_inset Graphics
41001 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41009 \begin_layout Standard
41010 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41016 \begin_layout Standard
41017 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41034 \begin_inset Note Note
41037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41038 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41043 manual for more information.
41051 \begin_layout Standard
41052 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41058 \begin_layout Standard
41059 \begin_inset Tabular
41060 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41061 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41062 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41063 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41069 \begin_inset Graphics
41070 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41084 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
41097 \begin_layout Standard
41098 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41104 \begin_layout Standard
41106 \begin_inset Tabular
41107 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41108 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41109 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41110 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41111 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41134 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41141 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41164 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41171 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41194 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41201 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41210 arg "dialog-show print"
41218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41224 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41231 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41240 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41254 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41284 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41314 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41344 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41374 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41381 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41404 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41411 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41420 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41434 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41458 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41472 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41473 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41480 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41501 Emphasize text, function of the
41503 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41505 \begin_inset space ~
41516 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41537 Set text to noun style, function of the
41539 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41541 \begin_inset space ~
41552 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41561 arg "textstyle-apply"
41569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41573 Formats text using the current settings in the
41575 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41577 \begin_inset space ~
41588 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41611 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41612 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41614 \begin_inset space ~
41623 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41632 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41646 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41653 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41660 arg "tabular-insert"
41668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41681 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41690 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41702 Toggle outline window on/off,
41704 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41711 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41720 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41732 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41738 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41747 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41759 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41772 \begin_layout Subsection
41774 \begin_inset Index idx
41777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41786 \begin_layout Standard
41787 \begin_inset Graphics
41788 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41796 \begin_layout Standard
41797 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41803 \begin_layout Standard
41804 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41808 \begin_layout Standard
41809 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41815 \begin_layout Standard
41816 \begin_inset Tabular
41817 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41818 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41819 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41820 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41821 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41857 arg "layout Enumerate"
41865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41884 arg "layout Itemize"
41892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41902 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41929 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41938 arg "layout Description"
41946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41956 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41965 arg "depth-increment"
41973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41979 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41981 \begin_inset space ~
41985 \begin_inset space ~
41994 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42003 arg "depth-decrement"
42011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42017 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42019 \begin_inset space ~
42023 \begin_inset space ~
42032 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42041 arg "float-insert figure"
42049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42055 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42056 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42072 arg "float-insert table"
42080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42086 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42087 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42094 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42133 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42163 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42177 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42184 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42207 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42209 \begin_inset space ~
42218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42227 arg "nomencl-insert"
42235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42241 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42243 \begin_inset space ~
42252 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42261 arg "footnote-insert"
42269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42282 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42291 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42307 \begin_inset space ~
42316 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42339 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42340 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42342 \begin_inset space ~
42351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42360 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42381 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42411 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42451 \begin_inset space ~
42460 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42469 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42484 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42491 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42500 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42515 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42517 \begin_inset space ~
42526 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42535 arg "dialog-show character"
42543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42549 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42551 \begin_inset space ~
42560 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42569 arg "layout-paragraph"
42577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42583 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42585 \begin_inset space ~
42594 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42603 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42617 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42631 \begin_layout Subsection
42632 View / Update Toolbar
42633 \begin_inset Index idx
42636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42637 Toolbar ! View / Update
42645 \begin_layout Standard
42646 \begin_inset Graphics
42647 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42654 \begin_layout Standard
42655 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42661 \begin_layout Standard
42662 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42666 \begin_layout Standard
42667 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42673 \begin_layout Standard
42674 \begin_inset Tabular
42675 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42676 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42677 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42678 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42679 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42702 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42709 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42718 arg "buffer-update"
42726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42732 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42748 arg "master-buffer-view"
42756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42762 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42778 arg "master-buffer-update"
42786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42792 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42794 \begin_inset space ~
42803 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42812 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42826 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42827 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42828 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42829 Synchronize with Output
42835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42840 \begin_inset Graphics
42841 filename ../images/view-others.png
42843 groupId toolbarbuttons
42854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42860 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42861 View (Other Formats)
42867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42872 \begin_inset Graphics
42873 filename ../images/update-others.png
42875 groupId toolbarbuttons
42884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42890 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42891 Update (Other Formats)
42904 \begin_layout Standard
42905 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42909 \begin_layout Subsection
42913 \begin_layout Standard
42914 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42915 \begin_inset space ~
42919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42921 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42925 , the table toolbar
42926 \begin_inset Index idx
42929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42939 manual, the math macro toolbar
42940 \begin_inset Index idx
42943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42956 \begin_layout Chapter
42957 The Document Settings
42958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42960 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
42965 \begin_inset Index idx
42968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42969 Document ! Settings
42977 \begin_layout Standard
42978 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42979 whole document and is called with the menu
42981 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42985 You can save your document settings as default with th
42987 e Save as Document Defaults
42989 button in the dialog.
42990 This will create a template named
42994 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42998 \begin_layout Standard
42999 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
43002 \begin_layout Section
43006 \begin_layout Standard
43007 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43009 Document classes are described in section
43010 \begin_inset space ~
43014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43016 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43021 Some classes use some class options by default.
43022 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43026 and you can decide to use them or not.
43027 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43028 recommended not to touch them.
43029 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
43035 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43036 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43042 When you want one of the following drivers
43043 \begin_inset Newline newline
43046 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43047 \begin_inset Newline newline
43050 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
43051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43055 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43057 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43069 \begin_layout Standard
43070 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
43071 child or subdocument.
43072 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
43073 without its master.
43074 This way child documents are always compilable.
43075 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43086 \begin_layout Section
43090 \begin_layout Standard
43091 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43092 Please refer to the section
43100 manual for details.
43103 \begin_layout Section
43107 \begin_layout Standard
43108 Modules are explained in section
43109 \begin_inset space ~
43113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43115 reference "sub:Modules"
43122 \begin_layout Section
43126 \begin_layout Standard
43127 The document font settings are described in section
43128 \begin_inset space ~
43132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43134 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43141 \begin_layout Section
43145 \begin_layout Standard
43146 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43148 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
43152 \begin_layout Standard
43153 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43154 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
43155 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43158 \begin_layout Standard
43159 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
43167 \begin_layout Section
43171 \begin_layout Standard
43172 A description of this menu is given in section
43173 \begin_inset space ~
43177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43179 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43186 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43193 \begin_layout Section
43197 \begin_layout Standard
43198 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43199 \begin_inset space ~
43203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43205 reference "sub:Margins"
43212 \begin_layout Section
43214 \begin_inset Index idx
43217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43218 Language ! Encoding
43226 \begin_layout Standard
43227 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43228 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43229 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43230 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43231 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43232 known for a particular character).
43236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43237 The known commands are defined in a text file.
43238 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43243 manual for details.
43251 \begin_layout Standard
43252 If you use the option
43256 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43257 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43258 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43259 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43260 exactly one encoding.
43261 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43264 \begin_layout Standard
43265 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43266 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43267 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43268 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43269 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43270 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43275 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43276 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43277 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43278 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43279 engines to standard LaTeX.
43280 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43281 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43284 \begin_inset space ~
43291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43303 \begin_inset space ~
43310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43322 \begin_inset space ~
43328 \begin_inset space ~
43332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43334 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43338 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
43341 \begin_layout Standard
43342 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43345 \begin_layout Description
43347 \begin_inset space ~
43351 \begin_inset space ~
43355 \begin_inset space ~
43362 , but the LaTeX-package
43367 \begin_inset Index idx
43370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43371 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43377 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43378 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43379 languages in TeX code.
43382 \begin_layout Description
43383 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43384 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43385 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43388 \begin_layout Description
43390 \begin_inset space ~
43394 \begin_inset space ~
43397 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43400 \begin_layout Description
43402 \begin_inset space ~
43406 \begin_inset space ~
43409 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43412 \begin_layout Description
43414 \begin_inset space ~
43417 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43420 \begin_layout Description
43422 \begin_inset space ~
43426 \begin_inset space ~
43429 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43430 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43433 \begin_layout Description
43435 \begin_inset space ~
43439 \begin_inset space ~
43442 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43446 \begin_layout Description
43448 \begin_inset space ~
43452 \begin_inset space ~
43455 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43456 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43459 \begin_layout Description
43461 \begin_inset space ~
43465 \begin_inset space ~
43469 \begin_inset space ~
43472 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43473 \begin_inset space ~
43479 \begin_layout Description
43481 \begin_inset space ~
43485 \begin_inset space ~
43489 \begin_inset space ~
43492 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43493 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43496 \begin_layout Description
43498 \begin_inset space ~
43502 \begin_inset space ~
43505 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43506 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43507 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43508 \begin_inset space ~
43512 \begin_inset space ~
43518 \begin_layout Description
43520 \begin_inset space ~
43524 \begin_inset space ~
43527 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43528 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43529 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43530 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43531 \begin_inset space ~
43535 \begin_inset space ~
43541 \begin_layout Description
43543 \begin_inset space ~
43547 \begin_inset space ~
43550 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43553 \begin_layout Description
43555 \begin_inset space ~
43559 \begin_inset space ~
43562 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43565 \begin_layout Description
43567 \begin_inset space ~
43571 \begin_inset space ~
43574 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43577 \begin_layout Description
43579 \begin_inset space ~
43582 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43585 \begin_layout Description
43587 \begin_inset space ~
43590 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43593 \begin_layout Description
43595 \begin_inset space ~
43599 \begin_inset space ~
43602 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43605 \begin_layout Description
43607 \begin_inset space ~
43611 \begin_inset space ~
43617 \begin_layout Description
43619 \begin_inset space ~
43623 \begin_inset space ~
43626 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43629 \begin_layout Description
43631 \begin_inset space ~
43635 \begin_inset space ~
43641 \begin_layout Description
43643 \begin_inset space ~
43647 \begin_inset space ~
43650 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43655 \begin_inset Index idx
43658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43659 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43664 , when using this, set the document language to
43669 \begin_layout Description
43671 \begin_inset space ~
43675 \begin_inset space ~
43678 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43682 , when using this, set the document language to
43685 \begin_inset space ~
43691 \begin_layout Description
43693 \begin_inset space ~
43697 \begin_inset space ~
43700 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43705 \begin_inset Index idx
43708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43709 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43714 , when using this, set the document language to
43719 \begin_layout Description
43721 \begin_inset space ~
43725 \begin_inset space ~
43728 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43732 , when using this, set the document language to
43737 \begin_layout Description
43739 \begin_inset space ~
43743 \begin_inset space ~
43746 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43750 , when using this, set the document language to
43755 \begin_layout Description
43757 \begin_inset space ~
43760 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43763 \begin_layout Description
43765 \begin_inset space ~
43769 \begin_inset space ~
43773 \begin_inset space ~
43776 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43779 \begin_layout Description
43781 \begin_inset space ~
43785 \begin_inset space ~
43789 \begin_inset space ~
43792 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43793 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43794 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43797 \begin_layout Description
43799 \begin_inset space ~
43803 \begin_inset space ~
43809 \begin_layout Description
43811 \begin_inset space ~
43815 \begin_inset space ~
43818 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43819 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43822 \begin_layout Description
43824 \begin_inset space ~
43828 \begin_inset space ~
43831 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43836 \begin_inset Index idx
43839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43840 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43845 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43848 \begin_layout Description
43850 \begin_inset space ~
43854 \begin_inset space ~
43857 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43865 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43870 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43872 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43875 \begin_layout Description
43877 \begin_inset space ~
43881 \begin_inset space ~
43884 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43889 \begin_inset Index idx
43892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43893 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43898 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43901 \begin_layout Description
43903 \begin_inset space ~
43906 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43911 \begin_inset Index idx
43914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43915 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43921 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43925 \begin_layout Description
43927 \begin_inset space ~
43931 \begin_inset space ~
43935 \begin_inset space ~
43938 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43939 \begin_inset space ~
43945 \begin_layout Description
43947 \begin_inset space ~
43951 \begin_inset space ~
43955 \begin_inset space ~
43958 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43959 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43960 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43964 \begin_layout Description
43966 \begin_inset space ~
43970 \begin_inset space ~
43974 \begin_inset space ~
43977 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43978 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43981 \begin_layout Standard
43982 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43986 LatexCommand formatted
43987 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43991 for more information on the language package.
43994 \begin_layout Section
43998 \begin_layout Standard
43999 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44000 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44001 \begin_inset space ~
44005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44007 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44014 \begin_layout Section
44018 \begin_layout Standard
44019 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44024 \begin_inset Index idx
44027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44028 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44038 \begin_inset Index idx
44041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44042 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44047 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
44052 \begin_inset Index idx
44055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44056 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44061 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44063 For a further description see section
44064 \begin_inset space ~
44068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44070 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44077 \begin_layout Section
44081 \begin_layout Standard
44082 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44083 and you can define additional indexes.
44084 Please refer to section
44085 \begin_inset space ~
44089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44091 reference "sec:Index"
44098 \begin_layout Section
44102 \begin_layout Standard
44103 The PDF properties are explained in section
44104 \begin_inset space ~
44108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44110 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44117 \begin_layout Section
44121 \begin_layout Standard
44122 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44127 \begin_inset Index idx
44130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44131 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44141 \begin_inset Index idx
44144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44145 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44150 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44153 \begin_layout Standard
44158 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44159 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
44162 \begin_layout Standard
44167 is used for special integral characters.
44170 \begin_layout Section
44174 \begin_layout Standard
44175 The float placement options are described in section
44176 \begin_inset space ~
44180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44182 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
44189 \begin_layout Section
44193 \begin_layout Standard
44194 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44195 The itemize environment is described in section
44196 \begin_inset space ~
44200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44202 reference "sec:Itemize"
44209 \begin_layout Section
44213 \begin_layout Standard
44214 Branches are described in section
44215 \begin_inset space ~
44219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44221 reference "sec:Branches"
44228 \begin_layout Section
44230 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44232 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44239 \begin_layout Standard
44240 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44243 \begin_layout Description
44245 \begin_inset space ~
44249 \begin_inset space ~
44252 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44272 View Master Document
44273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44280 Update Master Document
44281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44288 menu or the toolbar.
44289 The default is set in
44291 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44292 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44297 LatexCommand formatted
44298 reference "sec:File-Formats"
44305 \begin_layout Description
44307 \begin_inset space ~
44311 \begin_inset space ~
44315 \begin_inset Note Note
44318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44327 \begin_layout Description
44329 \begin_inset space ~
44333 \begin_inset space ~
44337 \begin_inset Note Note
44340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44349 \begin_layout Section
44354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44364 \begin_layout Standard
44365 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44366 to define LaTeX-commands.
44367 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44368 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44372 \begin_layout Standard
44373 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44374 \begin_inset space ~
44378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44380 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44387 \begin_layout Chapter
44393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44395 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
44400 \begin_inset Index idx
44403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44412 \begin_layout Standard
44413 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44415 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44419 It has the following submenus.
44422 \begin_layout Section
44426 \begin_layout Subsection
44430 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44431 User Interface File
44432 \begin_inset Index idx
44435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44436 Customization ! of toolbars
44442 \begin_inset Index idx
44445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44446 Customization ! of menus
44454 \begin_layout Standard
44455 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44463 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
44472 \begin_layout Standard
44473 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44474 interface (ui) file.
44475 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44476 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44485 Both files are loaded by the
44490 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44491 files and edit the entries.
44494 \begin_layout Standard
44495 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44507 entries must be ended with an explicit
44532 and in the case of the
44533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44545 The syntax for the entries is:
44548 \begin_layout Standard
44549 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44577 \begin_layout Standard
44579 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44582 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
44584 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44586 \begin_inset space ~
44594 \begin_layout Standard
44595 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44601 \begin_layout Standard
44602 An example: Assuming you use the menu
44604 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44607 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
44611 \begin_layout Standard
44612 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44636 \begin_layout Standard
44638 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44641 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
44644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44648 \begin_layout Standard
44651 Enable tool tips in main work area
44653 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
44657 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44661 \begin_layout Standard
44665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44672 restoring of window layout and geometries
44674 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
44675 in the last LyX session.
44678 \begin_layout Standard
44681 Restore cursor positions
44683 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
44687 \begin_layout Standard
44690 Load opened files from last session
44692 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
44695 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44699 name "sub:Backup documents"
44704 \begin_inset Index idx
44707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44716 \begin_layout Standard
44721 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
44724 \begin_layout Standard
44729 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
44732 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44734 \begin_inset space ~
44742 \begin_layout Standard
44745 Open documents in tabs
44747 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
44751 \begin_layout Subsection
44753 \begin_inset Index idx
44756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44765 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
44772 \begin_layout Standard
44773 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
44776 \begin_layout Standard
44777 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44785 This section only deals with the fonts
44790 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
44793 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44794 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44805 \begin_layout Standard
44806 By default, LyX uses
44810 as roman (serif) font,
44818 (depends on the system) as
44821 \begin_inset space ~
44837 \begin_layout Standard
44838 You can change the font size with the
44843 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
44844 current LyX session by pressing
44848 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44851 \begin_layout Standard
44856 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44857 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44862 points have the size of 1
44863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44867 \begin_inset space ~
44871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44873 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44880 \begin_layout Standard
44885 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44886 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44890 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44891 \begin_inset space ~
44895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44897 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44904 \begin_layout Standard
44907 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44909 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44910 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44911 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44912 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44914 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44915 \begin_inset space ~
44921 \begin_layout Subsection
44923 \begin_inset Index idx
44926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44933 \begin_inset Index idx
44936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44945 \begin_layout Standard
44946 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44947 Choose an item in the list and use the
44954 \begin_layout Subsection
44956 \begin_inset Index idx
44959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44968 \begin_layout Standard
44969 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44972 \begin_layout Standard
44977 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44978 This feature is described in section
44979 \begin_inset space ~
44983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44985 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44992 \begin_layout Standard
44996 \begin_inset space ~
45000 \begin_inset space ~
45004 \begin_inset space ~
45009 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45012 \begin_layout Section
45014 \begin_inset Index idx
45017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45026 \begin_layout Subsection
45030 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45034 \begin_layout Standard
45037 Cursor follows scrollbar
45039 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
45043 \begin_layout Standard
45044 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
45049 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
45050 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
45053 \begin_layout Standard
45056 Sort environments alphabetically
45058 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45061 \begin_layout Standard
45064 Group environments by their category
45066 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45069 \begin_layout Standard
45070 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
45082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45086 \begin_layout Standard
45087 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
45092 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
45093 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
45097 \begin_layout Subsection
45099 \begin_inset Index idx
45102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45109 \begin_inset Index idx
45112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45113 Settings ! Shortcuts
45121 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45125 \begin_layout Standard
45126 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
45127 Several binding files are available:
45130 \begin_layout Description
45131 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
45134 \begin_layout Description
45135 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
45146 \begin_layout Description
45147 mac.bind set of bindings for
45150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45158 \begin_layout Standard
45159 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
45163 , and bind files for special languages.
45164 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
45165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45169 \begin_inset space \space{}
45173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45181 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
45185 \begin_layout Standard
45186 Some bind-files, like
45190 , have only a small scope.
45191 When looking at the end of the file
45195 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
45198 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45202 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
45207 \begin_inset Index idx
45210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45211 Key Bindings ! Editing
45219 \begin_layout Standard
45220 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
45221 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
45222 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
45225 Show key-bindings containing
45228 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
45229 Insert there for example as keyword
45230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45237 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
45239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45247 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
45248 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
45252 that you will find in the
45259 \begin_layout Standard
45261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45265 \begin_inset space \space{}
45276 , select the function and press the
45281 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
45282 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
45283 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
45284 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
45285 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
45287 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
45289 The binding for the function
45293 is an example of this.
45296 \begin_layout Standard
45297 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
45299 The syntax of the entries is:
45302 \begin_layout Standard
45308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45326 \begin_layout Subsection
45328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45330 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
45335 \begin_inset Index idx
45338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45345 \begin_inset Index idx
45348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45349 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45357 \begin_layout Standard
45358 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45359 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45365 \begin_inset space \space{}
45368 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45369 can use the keyboard map file named
45376 \begin_layout Standard
45377 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45385 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45393 \begin_layout Standard
45394 Besides this, you can specify here the
45396 Wheel scrolling speed
45399 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45403 \begin_layout Subsection
45405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45407 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
45412 \begin_inset Index idx
45415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45424 \begin_layout Standard
45425 Input completion is described in sec.
45426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45432 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
45437 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
45439 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
45440 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
45444 \begin_layout Section
45446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45453 \begin_inset Index idx
45456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45463 \begin_inset Index idx
45466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45475 \begin_layout Description
45477 \begin_inset space ~
45480 directory This is LyX's working directory.
45481 It is the default when you
45492 \begin_inset space ~
45500 \begin_layout Description
45502 \begin_inset space ~
45505 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
45507 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45509 \begin_inset space ~
45513 \begin_inset space ~
45521 \begin_layout Description
45523 \begin_inset space ~
45526 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
45532 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45536 \begin_inset Newline newline
45540 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45552 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
45560 \begin_layout Description
45562 \begin_inset space ~
45566 \begin_inset Index idx
45569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45575 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
45576 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
45577 \begin_inset space ~
45581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45583 reference "sub:Backup documents"
45591 will be used to save the backups.
45592 \begin_inset Newline newline
45595 The backup files have the ending
45596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45606 \begin_layout Description
45611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45618 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
45619 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
45620 \begin_inset Newline newline
45627 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
45628 You can edit this file with the program
45637 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
45640 \begin_inset space ~
45646 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
45651 and click on the LyX-symbol.
45652 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
45658 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
45659 \begin_inset Newline newline
45663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45671 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
45679 \begin_layout Description
45681 \begin_inset space ~
45684 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
45687 \begin_layout Description
45689 \begin_inset space ~
45692 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
45693 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
45694 to find it on the system.
45695 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
45696 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
45698 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45705 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
45706 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
45710 \begin_layout Section
45714 \begin_layout Standard
45715 Here you can insert your name and email address.
45716 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
45718 \begin_inset space ~
45722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45724 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
45728 , to mark changes you make as yours.
45731 \begin_layout Section
45733 \begin_inset Index idx
45736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45737 Language ! Settings
45743 \begin_inset Index idx
45746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45747 Settings ! Language
45755 \begin_layout Subsection
45757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45759 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
45766 \begin_layout Description
45768 \begin_inset space ~
45772 \begin_inset space ~
45775 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
45776 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
45777 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
45778 You find the actual translation status here:
45779 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45781 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45782 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45789 \begin_layout Description
45791 \begin_inset space ~
45794 language is the language used in new documents
45797 \begin_layout Description
45799 \begin_inset space ~
45802 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
45804 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
45805 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
45806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45822 The most widespread language package is
45826 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
45827 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
45828 with an alternative language package (
45832 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
45833 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
45835 \begin_inset Newline newline
45838 The available selections are:
45842 \begin_layout Itemize
45852 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
45856 \begin_layout Itemize
45862 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
45863 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
45864 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
45867 \begin_layout Itemize
45873 Lets you load some other language package (via
45886 \begin_layout Itemize
45892 Loads no language package at all
45896 \begin_layout Description
45898 \begin_inset space ~
45902 \begin_inset space ~
45905 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
45909 \begin_layout Description
45911 \begin_inset space ~
45914 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45915 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45916 An example is the start command
45922 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45927 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45942 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45947 \begin_layout Description
45949 \begin_inset space ~
45957 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45958 command toggles the package on and off.
45961 \begin_layout Description
45963 \begin_inset space ~
45967 \begin_inset space ~
45970 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45971 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45972 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45973 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45980 \begin_layout Description
45982 \begin_inset space ~
45985 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45987 When this option is not set, the
45990 \begin_inset space ~
45995 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45996 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45999 \begin_inset space ~
46007 \begin_layout Description
46009 \begin_inset space ~
46015 \begin_inset space ~
46021 When it is not set, the
46024 \begin_inset space ~
46029 is set to the end of the document.
46032 \begin_layout Description
46034 \begin_inset space ~
46038 \begin_inset space ~
46041 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
46042 language will be underlined blue.
46045 \begin_layout Description
46047 \begin_inset space ~
46051 \begin_inset space ~
46054 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
46055 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
46058 \begin_layout Description
46060 \begin_inset space ~
46063 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
46064 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
46065 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
46066 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
46069 \begin_layout Subsection
46073 \begin_layout Standard
46074 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
46075 \begin_inset space ~
46079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46081 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
46088 \begin_layout Section
46092 \begin_layout Subsection
46094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46101 \begin_inset Index idx
46104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46111 \begin_inset Index idx
46114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46123 \begin_layout Description
46125 \begin_inset space ~
46128 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
46129 The name will be used when the
46134 \begin_inset Newline newline
46138 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46146 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
46154 \begin_layout Description
46156 \begin_inset space ~
46159 command is the command LyX
46160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46167 LaTeX uses for printing.
46168 The default is on most systems
46175 \begin_layout Description
46177 \begin_inset space ~
46181 \begin_inset space ~
46184 Options Here you can specify printer options.
46185 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
46186 of the program that provides the
46193 \begin_layout Description
46195 \begin_inset space ~
46199 \begin_inset space ~
46203 \begin_inset space ~
46206 printer This option works only for the
46211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46223 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
46224 This is an option only for dvips experts.
46227 \begin_layout Subsection
46229 \begin_inset Index idx
46232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46239 \begin_inset Index idx
46242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46243 Settings ! Date format
46251 \begin_layout Standard
46252 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
46253 \begin_inset Newline newline
46257 \begin_inset Flex URL
46260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46262 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
46268 \begin_inset Newline newline
46271 For example the format
46272 \begin_inset Newline newline
46276 \begin_inset Newline newline
46279 prints the date as day/month/year.
46282 \begin_layout Subsection
46286 \begin_layout Description
46288 \begin_inset space ~
46292 \begin_inset space ~
46295 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
46298 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46299 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46301 \begin_inset space ~
46307 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
46311 \begin_layout Description
46313 \begin_inset space ~
46316 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
46321 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
46322 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
46325 \begin_layout Subsection
46330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46340 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46345 \begin_inset Index idx
46348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46357 \begin_layout Description
46359 \begin_inset space ~
46366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46374 \begin_inset space ~
46378 \begin_inset space ~
46381 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
46386 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
46408 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
46409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46421 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
46422 LyX sets up in the background.
46423 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
46426 \begin_layout Description
46428 \begin_inset space ~
46432 \begin_inset space ~
46435 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
46440 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
46443 \begin_layout Standard
46444 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
46445 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
46446 manuals of the applications.
46447 Currently the following commands can be set:
46450 \begin_layout Description
46455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46463 \begin_inset space ~
46466 command Command for the program
46470 that is described in the section
46476 Additional Features
46481 \begin_layout Description
46486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46494 \begin_inset space ~
46497 command Command for the program
46501 that generates the bibliography, see section
46502 \begin_inset space ~
46506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46508 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
46515 \begin_layout Description
46517 \begin_inset space ~
46520 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
46521 \begin_inset space ~
46525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46527 reference "sub:Index-Program"
46534 \begin_layout Description
46536 \begin_inset space ~
46539 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
46540 \begin_inset space ~
46544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46546 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
46553 \begin_layout Description
46555 \begin_inset space ~
46559 \begin_inset space ~
46563 \begin_inset space ~
46567 \begin_inset space ~
46570 options They only have an effect when the program
46574 is used as DVI-viewer.
46577 \begin_layout Standard
46578 There are additionally the following options:
46581 \begin_layout Description
46583 \begin_inset space ~
46587 \begin_inset space ~
46591 \begin_inset space ~
46595 \begin_inset space ~
46599 \begin_inset space ~
46602 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
46603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46620 to separate folders.
46621 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
46622 \begin_inset Index idx
46625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46632 \begin_inset Index idx
46635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46644 \begin_layout Description
46646 \begin_inset space ~
46650 \begin_inset space ~
46654 \begin_inset space ~
46658 \begin_inset space ~
46662 \begin_inset space ~
46666 \begin_inset space ~
46669 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
46671 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46674 dialog when changing the document class.
46677 \begin_layout Section
46679 \begin_inset space ~
46683 \begin_inset Index idx
46686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46695 \begin_layout Subsection
46697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46699 name "sub:Converters"
46704 \begin_inset Index idx
46707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46716 \begin_layout Standard
46717 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
46718 from one format to another.
46719 You can modify them or create new ones.
46720 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
46727 \begin_inset space ~
46737 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
46741 \begin_inset space ~
46746 drop-down list, modify the
46750 field, and press the
46757 \begin_layout Standard
46760 Converter File Cache
46762 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
46765 Maximum Age (in days
46768 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
46769 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
46772 \begin_layout Standard
46773 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
46774 the converter definition, is described in the section
46785 \begin_layout Subsection
46787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46789 name "sec:File-Formats"
46794 \begin_inset Index idx
46797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46804 \begin_inset Index idx
46807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46816 \begin_layout Standard
46817 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
46818 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
46822 \begin_layout Standard
46823 Furthermore, you can define the
46824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46827 Default output format
46828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46831 that is used when you hit
46832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46851 View Master Document
46852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46859 Update Master Document
46860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46863 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
46866 \begin_layout Standard
46867 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
46868 is described in the section
46879 \begin_layout Standard
46880 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
46881 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
46882 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
46883 This is done by specifying a
46888 More about this is described in the section
46899 \begin_layout Chapter
46900 Units available in LyX
46901 \begin_inset Index idx
46904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46913 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46920 \begin_layout Standard
46921 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46924 reference "cap:Units"
46928 explains all units available in LyX.
46931 \begin_layout Standard
46932 \begin_inset Float table
46938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46939 \begin_inset Caption
46941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46957 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46965 \begin_inset Tabular
46966 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46967 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46969 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47065 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47097 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47120 scaled point (65536
47121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47181 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
47185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47236 % of original image width
47243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47450 \begin_layout Chapter
47452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47461 \begin_layout Standard
47462 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
47463 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
47466 \begin_layout Itemize
47469 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
47472 \begin_layout Itemize
47478 \begin_layout Itemize
47484 \begin_layout Itemize
47490 \begin_layout Itemize
47496 \begin_layout Itemize
47502 \begin_layout Itemize
47508 \begin_layout Itemize
47514 \begin_layout Itemize
47517 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
47520 \begin_layout Itemize
47526 \begin_layout Itemize
47532 \begin_layout Itemize
47538 \begin_layout Itemize
47544 \begin_layout Itemize
47550 \begin_layout Itemize
47556 \begin_layout Itemize
47562 \begin_layout Itemize
47568 \begin_layout Itemize
47570 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47579 \begin_layout Standard
47580 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47583 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
47590 \begin_layout Bibliography
47591 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47592 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47593 LatexCommand bibitem
47600 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47603 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
47608 \begin_inset Newline newline
47612 \begin_inset Flex URL
47615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47617 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
47625 \begin_layout Bibliography
47626 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47627 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47628 LatexCommand bibitem
47629 key "latexcompanion"
47633 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
47635 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
47638 Addison-Wesley, 2004
47641 \begin_layout Bibliography
47642 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47643 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47644 LatexCommand bibitem
47649 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
47652 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
47655 Addison-Wesley, 2003
47658 \begin_layout Bibliography
47659 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47660 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47661 LatexCommand bibitem
47668 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
47671 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
47674 \begin_layout Bibliography
47675 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47676 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47677 LatexCommand bibitem
47689 Addison-Wesley, 1984
47692 \begin_layout Bibliography
47693 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47694 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47695 LatexCommand bibitem
47701 \begin_inset Newline newline
47705 \begin_inset Flex URL
47708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47710 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
47718 \begin_layout Bibliography
47719 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47720 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47721 LatexCommand bibitem
47727 \begin_inset Newline newline
47731 \begin_inset Flex URL
47734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47736 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
47744 \begin_layout Bibliography
47745 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47746 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47747 LatexCommand bibitem
47753 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47755 name "Documentation"
47756 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
47765 \begin_inset Newline newline
47769 \begin_inset Flex URL
47772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47774 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
47782 \begin_layout Bibliography
47783 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47784 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47785 LatexCommand bibitem
47791 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47793 name "Documentation"
47794 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
47798 how to use the program
47803 \begin_inset Newline newline
47807 \begin_inset Flex URL
47810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47812 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
47820 \begin_layout Bibliography
47821 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47822 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47823 LatexCommand bibitem
47829 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47831 name "Documentation"
47832 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
47841 \begin_inset Newline newline
47845 \begin_inset Flex URL
47848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47850 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
47858 \begin_layout Bibliography
47859 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47860 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47861 LatexCommand bibitem
47867 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47869 name "Documentation"
47870 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
47879 \begin_inset Newline newline
47883 \begin_inset Flex URL
47886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47888 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
47896 \begin_layout Bibliography
47897 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47898 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47899 LatexCommand bibitem
47905 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47907 name "Documentation"
47908 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
47912 of the LaTeX-package
47917 \begin_inset Index idx
47920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47921 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47927 \begin_inset Newline newline
47931 \begin_inset Flex URL
47934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47936 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47944 \begin_layout Bibliography
47945 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47946 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47947 LatexCommand bibitem
47953 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47955 name "Documentation"
47956 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
47960 of the LaTeX-package
47965 \begin_inset Index idx
47968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47969 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
47975 \begin_inset Newline newline
47979 \begin_inset Flex URL
47982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47984 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
47992 \begin_layout Bibliography
47993 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47994 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47995 LatexCommand bibitem
48001 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48003 name "Documentation"
48004 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
48008 of the LaTeX-package
48013 \begin_inset Index idx
48016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48017 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
48023 \begin_inset Newline newline
48027 \begin_inset Flex URL
48030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48032 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
48040 \begin_layout Bibliography
48041 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48042 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48043 LatexCommand bibitem
48051 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48053 name "Documentation"
48054 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
48060 of the LaTeX-package
48065 \begin_inset Index idx
48068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48069 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
48075 \begin_inset Newline newline
48079 \begin_inset Flex URL
48082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48084 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
48092 \begin_layout Bibliography
48093 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48094 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48095 LatexCommand bibitem
48101 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48103 name "Documentation"
48104 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
48108 of the LaTeX-package
48113 \begin_inset Index idx
48116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48117 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
48123 \begin_inset Newline newline
48127 \begin_inset Flex URL
48130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48132 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
48140 \begin_layout Bibliography
48141 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48142 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48143 LatexCommand bibitem
48149 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48151 name "Documentation"
48152 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
48156 of the LaTeX-package
48161 \begin_inset Index idx
48164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48165 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
48171 \begin_inset Newline newline
48175 \begin_inset Flex URL
48178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48180 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
48188 \begin_layout Bibliography
48189 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48190 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48191 LatexCommand bibitem
48197 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48200 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
48204 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
48205 \begin_inset Newline newline
48209 \begin_inset Flex URL
48212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48214 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
48222 \begin_layout Bibliography
48223 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48224 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48225 LatexCommand bibitem
48231 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48234 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
48238 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
48239 \begin_inset Newline newline
48243 \begin_inset Flex URL
48246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48248 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48256 \begin_layout Bibliography
48257 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48258 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48259 LatexCommand bibitem
48265 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48268 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48272 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48273 \begin_inset Newline newline
48277 \begin_inset Flex URL
48280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48282 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
48290 \begin_layout Bibliography
48291 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48292 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48293 LatexCommand bibitem
48299 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48302 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
48306 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
48307 \begin_inset Newline newline
48311 \begin_inset Flex URL
48314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48316 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
48324 \begin_layout Bibliography
48325 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48326 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48327 LatexCommand bibitem
48333 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48336 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
48340 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
48341 \begin_inset Newline newline
48345 \begin_inset Flex URL
48348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48350 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
48358 \begin_layout Bibliography
48359 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48360 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48361 LatexCommand bibitem
48367 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48370 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
48374 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
48375 \begin_inset Newline newline
48379 \begin_inset Flex URL
48382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48384 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
48392 \begin_layout Bibliography
48393 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48394 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48395 LatexCommand bibitem
48401 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48404 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
48408 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
48409 \begin_inset Newline newline
48413 \begin_inset Flex URL
48416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48418 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
48426 \begin_layout Bibliography
48427 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48428 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48429 LatexCommand bibitem
48435 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48438 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
48442 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
48443 \begin_inset Newline newline
48447 \begin_inset Flex URL
48450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48452 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
48460 \begin_layout Bibliography
48461 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48462 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48463 LatexCommand bibitem
48469 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48472 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
48476 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
48477 \begin_inset Newline newline
48481 \begin_inset Flex URL
48484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48486 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
48494 \begin_layout Bibliography
48495 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48496 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48497 LatexCommand bibitem
48503 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48506 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
48510 about new features in
48515 \begin_inset Newline newline
48519 \begin_inset Flex URL
48522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48524 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
48532 \begin_layout Standard
48533 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48567 \begin_inset Note Note
48570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48577 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
48578 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
48579 bibliography is the second one:
48587 \begin_layout Standard
48588 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
48589 LatexCommand bibtex
48590 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
48591 options "biblio/alphadin"
48598 \begin_layout Standard
48599 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
48602 \begin_layout Standard
48603 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
48604 LatexCommand printnomenclature
48610 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
48611 LatexCommand printindex